09.11.2013 Views

UTRECHT MICROPALEONTOLOGICAL BUllETINS

UTRECHT MICROPALEONTOLOGICAL BUllETINS

UTRECHT MICROPALEONTOLOGICAL BUllETINS

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>UTRECHT</strong><br />

<strong>MICROPALEONTOLOGICAL</strong><br />

<strong>BUllETINS</strong><br />

IU S<br />

UNES 0<br />

I<br />

QUANTITATIVE FORAMINIFERAL ANALYSIS AND<br />

ENVIRONMENTAL INTERPRETATION OF THE PLIOCENE AND<br />

TOPMOST MIOCENE ON THE SOUTH COAST OF SICILY<br />

18


Editor C. W. Drooger<br />

Department of Stratigraphy and Paleontology<br />

State University of Utrecht<br />

Oude Gracht 320, Utrecht, Netherlands<br />

Bull. 1. T. FREUDENTHAL - Stratigraphy of Neogene deposits in the Khania<br />

Province, Crete, with special reference to foraminifera of the family Plan orbulinidae<br />

and the genus Heterostegina. 208 p., 15 pl., 33 figs. (1969) f32,-<br />

Bull. 2. J. E. MEULENKAMP - Stratigraphy of Neogene deposits in the Rethymnon<br />

Province, Crete, with special reference to the phylogeny of uniserial<br />

Uvigerina from the Mediterranean region. 172 p., 6 pI, 53 figs. (1969)f 29,-<br />

Bull. 3. J. G. VERDENIUS - Neogene stratigraphy of the Western Gualdalquivir<br />

basin, S. Spain. 109 p., 9 pl., 12 figs. (1970) f28,-<br />

Bull. 4. R. C. TJALSMA - Stratigraphy and foraminifera of the Neogene of the<br />

Eastern Guadalquivir basin, S. Spain. 161 p., 16 pl., 28 figs (1971) f 44,-<br />

Bull. 5. C. W. DROOGER, P. MARKS,/A. PAPP et al. - Smaller radiate Nummulites<br />

of northwestern Europe. 137 p., 5 pl., 50 figs. (1971) f 37,-<br />

Bull. 6. W. SISSINGH - Late Cenozoic Ostracoda of the South Aegean Island arc.<br />

187 p., 12 pl., 44 figs. (1972) f57,-<br />

Bull. 7. author's edition. F. M. GRADSTEIN - Mediterranean Pliocene Globorotalia,<br />

a biometrical approach. 128 p., 8 pl., 44 figs. (1974) f 39,-<br />

Bull. 8. J. A. BROEKMAN - Sedimentation and paleoecology of Pliocene lagoonalshallow<br />

marine deposits on the island of Rhodos (Greece). 148 p., 7 pl.,<br />

9 figs. (1974) f47,-<br />

Bull. 9. D. S. N. RAJU - Study of Indian Miogypsinidae. 148 p., 8 pl., 39 figs.<br />

(1974) f38,-<br />

Bull. 10. W. A. VAN WAMEL - Conodont biostratigraphy of the Upper Cambrian<br />

and Lower Ordovician of north-western bland, south-eastern Sweden.<br />

128 p., 8 pl., 25 figs. (1974) f 40,-<br />

Bull. 11. W. J. ZACHARIASSE - Planktonic foraminiferal biostratigraphy of the<br />

Late Neogene of Crete (Greece). 171 p., 17 pl., 23 figs. (1975) f52,-


QUANTITATIVE FORAMINIFERAL ANALYSIS AND<br />

ENVIRONMENTAL INTERPRETATION OF THE PLIOCENE AND<br />

TOPMOST MIOCENE ON THE SOUTH COAST OF SICILY


Page<br />

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5<br />

Abstract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7<br />

Chapter I. Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9<br />

Purpose of investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9<br />

The formations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11<br />

Methods of investigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12<br />

Wash residues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13<br />

Acknowledgements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 14<br />

Chapter II. Arenazzolo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 17<br />

Chapter III. Transitional interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 21<br />

Lithology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 21<br />

The foraminifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 23<br />

. Conclusions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 25<br />

Chapter IV. Trubi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 27<br />

Lithology '. . . . . . . . . . . .. 27<br />

Section 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 29<br />

Section 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 34<br />

Section Punta Piccola. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 36<br />

Discussion of the lithology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 36<br />

The foraminifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 40<br />

Preservation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 40<br />

Benthonic foraminifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 40<br />

BIP ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 40<br />

Details of the eight meter "Accuracy" section . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 43<br />

Species diversity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 44<br />

Distribution of species. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 48<br />

Planktonic foraminifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 56<br />

Species diversity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 56<br />

Distribution of species , 57<br />

Paleobathymetric estimates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 63<br />

Biostratigraphic position Capo Rossello section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 72<br />

Chapter V. Monte Narbone formation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 77<br />

Lithology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 77<br />

Discussion of the lithology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 83


The foraminifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 86<br />

Preservation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 86<br />

Benthonic foraminifera " 86<br />

B/P ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 86<br />

Species diversity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 87<br />

Distribution of species. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 91<br />

Planktonic foraminifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 97<br />

Species diversity , 97<br />

Distribution of species , 98<br />

Paleobathymetric estimates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 105<br />

Biostratigraphic position Punta Piccola section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 107<br />

Chapter VI. Synthesis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 111<br />

Benthonic foraminiferal associations throughout the South Sicilian<br />

Pliocene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 111<br />

Arenazzolo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 115<br />

Trubi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 117<br />

Monte Narbone formation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. 122<br />

Chapter VII. The salinity crisis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 125<br />

Chapter VIII. Taxonomic notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 129<br />

Numbered literature referring to bathymetric range charts. . . . . . . . . .. 135<br />

References cited in the text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 139<br />

50 figures, 8 plates


This investigation was originally intended to aim at an environmental<br />

interpretation of the Pliocene deposits in southern Sicily on the basis of<br />

sedimentary and foraminiferal data. The sections investigated were assumed<br />

to contain the "deepest" sediments of Early Pliocene age exposed on land<br />

in the Mediterranean area.<br />

The subject turned out to link with the work being done by international<br />

teams which are trying to unravel the history of the Messinian salinity crisis<br />

in the Mediterranean; part of these efforts comes under the current I.G .C.P.<br />

project no. 96.<br />

During the re~,earch period 1972-77 growing emphasis was put on the<br />

quantitative aspect of the investigation, and a small part of one of the Sicilian<br />

sections was chosen for a detailed analysis of counting methods and<br />

techniques; the latter formed part of the I.G.C.P. project no. 1. Some of the<br />

results of this methodological research, published by Zachariasse et al. in<br />

U.M.B. 17, have been applied to arrive at the various conclusions to be<br />

found throughout the present volume. The relevant parts of the methodological<br />

chapters can be easily found in bulletin 17, but no special reference<br />

is made to them in the present text.<br />

For the final version of this volume the author has adhered to a line of<br />

reasoning which fits in with the original purpose of his investigation. Accordingly,<br />

the beginning and the end of the text refer to the Messinian<br />

salinity crisis, but the main part in between deals with environmental assumptions<br />

for the Cattolica basin Pliocene, where repetitive upwelling and<br />

volcanic emanations seem to have played an important role in determining<br />

the composition of faunas and sediments.


Benthonic and planktonic foraminiferal faunas have been investigated<br />

quantitatively from sediments of the Pliocene and topmost Miocene on the<br />

south coast of Sicily. Environmental and bathymetrical reconstructions<br />

have been established on the basis of the lithological and foraminiferal<br />

data.<br />

Two sections are studied in detail: the Lower Pliocene Trubi formation<br />

at Capo Rossello and the Middle and Upper Pliocene Monte Narbone formation<br />

at Punta Piccola. In both sections relations between benthonic and<br />

planktonic foraminiferal assemblages and lithology can be clearly established.<br />

Continuous marine sedimentation occurred across the ill-defined Miocene-<br />

Pliocene boundary, initially at depths of 50-100 m, but gradually the depth<br />

increased to 500-800 m for the middle part of the Trubi. At the onset of<br />

more clayey sedimentation at the base of the Narbone formation, depth of<br />

deposition decreased to some 100-400 m.<br />

For the relatively short biostratigraphic interval of the lower part of the<br />

G. puncticulata Interval-Zone the paleobathymetry was estimated at three<br />

localities revealing different depositional depths of the same type of Trubi<br />

sediment. A multi-depressional paleogeography for the entire Mediterranean<br />

during at least Late Messinian and Early Pliocene times is proposed to explain<br />

the seemingly conflicting implications of both the "desiccated, deep<br />

basin model" and the "shallow water, shallow basin model". This alternative<br />

model involves syn- and post-Messinian subsidence and may easily account<br />

for the presence of Trubi in deep basinal settings and elevated land-sections.<br />

The sections on the south coast of Sicily seem to have been located in an<br />

intermediate paleogeographical realm, i.e. on the slope from shoals to deeps.<br />

Periods of upwelling are thought to be responsible for increased quantities<br />

of planktonic foraminifera, diatoms and radiolarians in some laminated<br />

intervals within the Trubi formation. Oxygen depletion at the bottom may<br />

explain the low diversity and dwarfing of the benthonic foraminiferal<br />

associations in these laminated sediments.<br />

Precipitation of ferromanganese oxides during deposition of the Narbone<br />

formation determined the composition of foraminiferal assemblages. Oligotypical<br />

buliminidjbolivinid assemblages characterize the darker coloured,<br />

ferromanganese-rich intervals, whereas Globorotalia bononiensis dominates<br />

the planktonic associations in some of these horizons.<br />

Deposition of the Monte Narbone formation progressed in a shallowing<br />

environment. Superimposed on this process decreasing water temperatures<br />

are recorded in the Upper Pliocene Globorotalia inflata Assemblage Zone.<br />

7


More detailed information concerning the history of the Mediterranean<br />

immediately after the Messinian salinity crisis, some 5 m. y. ago, is expected<br />

to lead to a better understanding of the Mediterranean paleogeography in<br />

Late Miocene times. Since Messinian paleogeography received new attention<br />

through D.S.D.P. leg 13, it was made a central theme in the activities of the<br />

International Geodynamics Programme of Working Group 3, resulting in the<br />

symposium of Utrecht (Geodyn. Sci. Rep. 7, 1973), and subsequently it<br />

became an essential part of I.G.C.P. Project 96 under the leadership of M.B.<br />

Cita. During the last five years, a tremendous amount of data has been<br />

gathered, more or less well digested, and some rather conflicting models of<br />

the Mediterranean Messinian salinity crisis have been presented.<br />

With respect to the two widely discussed models, the "desiccated, deep<br />

basin model" (Hsii, Cita and Ryan, 1973) and the "shallow water, shallow<br />

basin model" (e.g. Ogniben, 1957; Nesteroff, 1973), a better understanding<br />

of the paleoenvironment in which the Early Pliocene sediments were deposited<br />

has become of crucial importance. A realistic estimate of the depth<br />

of deposition of these sediments together with the details of their contact<br />

with the underlying Messinian are thought to yield conclusive arguments for<br />

either one or the other model. A great depth of deposition (in the order of<br />

magnitude of 2000 m and more) in combination with either an unconformable<br />

or a sharp lower contact of these first normal-marine Pliocene sediments<br />

are claimed to be strong evidence for the first model (cf. Cita, 1973). A<br />

shallow depth of deposition and a normal stratigraphic contact would favour<br />

the second model (cf. Nesteroff, 1973).<br />

It should be emphasized that alternative theories do exist. Avoiding a<br />

choice between deep and shallow, it has been postulated that desiccation was<br />

a less wide-spread and repeated phenomenon; the Mediterranean might have<br />

been replenished by the Atlantic waters throughout the Messinian (Selli,<br />

1973; Drooger, 1975). In order to explain the different Messinian sequences,<br />

the multidepressional or multi-de ad-sea model was proposed (Marks, in<br />

Drooger,1973).<br />

Within the scope of I.G.C.P. Project 96 valuable evidence for deep basins


and considerable lowering of the erosion basis has been presented for some<br />

areas, such as the Gulf of Lion, the Po basin and the Levantine basin (Seminar<br />

Gargnano, 1976), but for other areas such as the basins in Eastern<br />

Spain and Crete, deep basin desiccation remains hard to reconcile with the<br />

field data.<br />

The lack of detailed paleoecologic investigations across and above the<br />

boundary, based on quantitative methods instead of qualitative observations,<br />

is painfully felt. The present study is an attempt to furnish detailed lithological<br />

descriptions and numerical data on benthonic and planktonic foraminiferal<br />

assemblages of closely sampled sections covering the Miocene-<br />

Pliocene boundary interval as well as the major part of the Pliocene interval<br />

on the southern coast of Sicily. These sections west of Porto Empedocle<br />

were selected because they are situated near the axis of the Cattolica basin.<br />

They are reputed to show the deepest water Lower Pliocene, exposed on<br />

land, that can be found in and around the Mediterranean. This Lower<br />

Pliocene would be comparable in depth of deposition with the contemporaneous<br />

strata, cored in some of the sites in the centres of the deep Mediterranean<br />

basins of today (Cita, 1973; 197 Sa).<br />

In addition to the raw data we shall give an interpretation of the paleoecologic<br />

history reflected in these sediments. Finally paleogeographic conclusions<br />

will be drawn which may explain some of the controversial aspects<br />

of the Messinian events in this part of the Mediterranean.<br />

In 1972 the investigation started with an inspection of the lithology and<br />

faunal distribution across the Miocene-pliocene boundary at Capo Rossello<br />

and Eraclea Minoa. Four sections were closely sampled and the benthonic<br />

as well as the planktonic foraminiferal faunas were studied quantitatively,<br />

resulting in more or less representative distribution charts. The first results<br />

were published (Brolsma, 197 Sa and b), the general conclusions of which are<br />

the following.<br />

Two widely used markers for the Lower Pliocene, Globorotalia margaritae<br />

and G. puncticulata were found to be present, in small but unmistakable<br />

numbers, from 12 m below the Miocene-pliocene boundary upwards at both<br />

localities, amongst which the newly designated Miocene-pliocene boundary<br />

stratotype (Cita, 197 Sa). This led us to question the correlation value of this<br />

boundary stratotype and the suitability of both planktonic taxa as markers<br />

for the Pliocene. The Miocene-pliocene boundary appeared to be situated<br />

in a 0.50 m transitional interval. Primary unconformable contacts (Cita,<br />

1973) were considered unlikely. The changes in benthonic as well as planktonic<br />

foraminiferal assemblages across this interval appeared to be grada-


tional. Most Pliocene taxa, frequently considered to be newly introduced<br />

from the Atlantic (Cita, 1973), are already present below this boundary in<br />

similar proportions. This led us to doubt the assumed complete sterilization<br />

of the Mediterranean at the end of the salinity crisis, i.e. at the end of the<br />

Messinian (Cita, 1973, 1976). No indications of a catastrophic influx of<br />

Atlantic waters, as proposed in the "desiccated, deep basin model" (Hsii,<br />

Cita and Ryan, 1973), were observed either. The great depth of deposition<br />

assumed for the first Pliocene sediments of these sections (cf. Cita, 197Sa)<br />

could not be recognized from our data. The sediments directly underlying<br />

the boundary were deposited at depths not exceeding wave-base, and the<br />

gradational character of the boundary interval, in lithological as well as<br />

faunal sense, revealed the gradual change to deeper environments which<br />

ultimately, i.e. several meters above the boundary, might have resulted in<br />

deposition in excess of 200 m. A gradual rise of sea-level and/or a moderate<br />

rate of subsidence of the bottom, or both together seem to have been the<br />

mechanisms which best explained our newly gathered data (Brolsma, 1975b).<br />

These results were questioned during the Erice seminar (1975) of the<br />

I.G.C.P.. Project 96. Re-arrangement of the earlier arguments and some new<br />

data will be presented in the chapter on the Transitional interval.<br />

More information concerning the history of the Pliocene Mediterranean<br />

during a longer time-span would inevitably shed more light on the process<br />

of return to normal marine 'conditions after the salinity crisis. With this in<br />

mind, Lower to Upper Pliocene sediments at Capo Rossello and in a nearby<br />

section called Punta Piccola were closely studied and sampled in detail. From<br />

all samples, the benthonic and planktonic foraminiferal faunas were again<br />

studied in a quantitative way. The results of this extended study will be<br />

given in the following chapters.<br />

In the meantime an 8 meter part of one of the sections at Capo Rossello<br />

was selected for a pilot study on quantitative faunal methods within the<br />

scope of I.G.C.P. Project 1, "Accuracy in time" (Utrecht Micropal. Bull.,<br />

17). The results of this study, pertinent to our own investigation, are incorporated<br />

in the present volume.<br />

The sediments deposited during the latest part of the Messinian and early<br />

middle parts of the Pliocene in southern Sicily can be divided into three<br />

informal formations (see also Marchetti, 1957, 1960). In stratigraphic order<br />

from bottom to top these are:<br />

Arenazzolo - Grey to black coloured sediments directly overlying the


topmost Messinian evaporites, characterized by an irregular vertical as well<br />

as horizontal alternation of fine to medium-grained sand and silty-sandy<br />

clays. The unit has a variable thickness of 1 to 40 m (Ogniben, 1957), and<br />

it is especially known from the Cattolica basin. It is the topmost unit of<br />

the Messinian, because it is immediately underlying the Miocene-Pliocene<br />

boundary stratotype at Capo Rossello (Cita, 1975a).<br />

Trubi - Biogenic cream coloured limestones and marls mainly consisting of<br />

calcareous nannofossils and foraminifera and attaining a thickness of<br />

100 m or slightly more. Along Sicily's southern coast the unit is commonly<br />

outcropping in cliffs of 40 m height.<br />

Transitional strata between Arenazzolo and Trubi often show the contact<br />

between these two units to be situated in gradational lithological sequences<br />

of about 0.50 m, but at many places post-depositional gravityinduced<br />

sliding and slumping simulates an unconformable contact (Brolsma,1975b).<br />

Monte Narbone - Grey coloured marls characterized in their lower part by<br />

brown horizons, which locally contain high concentrations of ferromanganese<br />

oxides. This unit may attain a thickness of more than 150 m, but<br />

a continuous section covering the entire sequence has not been found. At<br />

Lido Rossello near Realmonte a composite section can be constructed,<br />

extending upward into the Pleistocene.<br />

The Arenazzolo has been studied at various localities in combination with<br />

the lower few meters of the overlying Trubi formation (Brolsma, 1975). A<br />

short review and some new arguments will be presented below. The transitional<br />

strata between Arenazzolo and Trubi, re-sampled in a recently discovered<br />

outcrop along the cliffs of Eraclea Minoa, will also be described and<br />

discussed. The main subject of this paper is a more complete description of<br />

the Trubi and the overlying marls.<br />

"Quarternary Zero" soap was used to clean the Trubi faunas by boiling<br />

the samples for one hour in soap and water. Each sample was washed over a<br />

set of three sieves (600, 250 and 125 p). An Otto microsplitter was used to<br />

reduce the combined residues to workable proportions. The scarcity of benthonic<br />

foraminifera prevented the selection of the statistically more favourable<br />

number of 300 specimens per sample and instead 100, 150 or 200<br />

specimens were counted. Some samples proved to be too poor to furnish<br />

even 100, especially those from the laminated and finely bedded intervals


and from some more indurated levels in the lower and uppermost parts of<br />

the Capo Rossello section. The benthonic fauna increases in abundance in<br />

the overlying Narbone unit in which only two samples proved to be very<br />

poor. 300 planktonic specimens per sample could be obtained without any<br />

difficulty.<br />

For printing purposes related species are shown in combination in the<br />

distribution charts, whereas various scattered and less frequent species have<br />

been combined under the heading "Miscellaneous".<br />

Plankton/benthos ratios have been estimated for all samples. In order to<br />

speed up the investigation all benthonic forms per 200 counted planktonic<br />

specimens were counted. Since this ratio is less reliable it will only be used<br />

as a relative measure within these sections. It is called the B/P ratio.<br />

For both the benthonic and planktonic faunas the number of species<br />

per sample is plotted in figs. 7 and 8. Since the total numbers of counted<br />

benthonic specimens per sample are not equal in all sections, the Fisher Q-<br />

index (Fisher et al., 1943) was calculated for a ready comparison of the<br />

samples. The value Q = 5 has previously been regarded as separating open<br />

marine environments from restricted, nearshore marine environments (Murray,<br />

1973, fig. 101); it proves to be an unlikely generalization if applied to<br />

our sections.<br />

WASH-RESIDUES<br />

In addition to the benthonic and planktonic foraminiferal constituents,<br />

other faunal and floral remains and anorganic components are present in<br />

the wash-residues. Biogenic remains include: ostracod valves, pelecypod and<br />

gastropod fragments, fish-teeth, echinoid spines and operculae. One pteropod<br />

specimen has been recorded in sample PP 42 and has been identified<br />

as Cavolinia (pers. comm. L. M. J. U. van Straaten). Radiolarians and diatoms<br />

occur in large quantities in silica-rich intervals (W. R. Riedel and<br />

A. Sanfilippo, and H. J. Schrader and R. Gersonde, Utrecht Micropal.<br />

Bull. 17).<br />

Spherical objects, a smaller and a larger type, are quite frequent, especially<br />

in the laminated and ferromanganese-rich interbeds from the Capo Rossello<br />

and Punta Piccola sections, respectively. These forms have tentatively been<br />

identified by G. T. Boalch (Plymouth) as possible representatives of the<br />

genus Pachysphaera (division Chlorophyta, class Prasinophyceae; cf. Boalch<br />

and Parke, 1971, pl. 1, figs. 2 and 3, and our pl. 5, figs. la-c). M. Muir<br />

(London) was doubtful whether these same specimens belonged to Halosphaera,<br />

which is another group in the Prasinophyceae and is recorded in the


literature together with Pachysphaera from comparable marine environments.<br />

These phytoplanktonic forms become saucer-shaped under compression,<br />

whilst in water they may regain their spherical shape after being<br />

dented with a needle, because the membrane shows considerable elasticity<br />

(Wall, 1962, p. 356). These observations correspond very well with the two<br />

types in our material. Recent representatives of these green algae have been<br />

reported in surface waters but they are more abundant at a depth of 10 m<br />

and probably also occur at greater depths in marine waters (op. cit., p. 360).<br />

Tiny, sometimes bifurcating burrows appear to be quite numerous in<br />

the residues of some of the samples. The bifurcating types may belong to<br />

Chondrites. A rigid pyritic core is responsible for their preservations.<br />

Brown, grey and cream coloured limestone grains are observed in most<br />

of the samples, as well as small pyritic grains which in sample PP 42 show a<br />

sulphurous coating. Occasional crystals of pyrite may also be present.<br />

Quartz grains, cemented to small globular bodies, are present in some of the<br />

samples but they are found as single grains as well (CR 95). Gypsum is<br />

present as vitreous crystal fragments, as worn opaque grains, or as small<br />

rosettes on limestone grains. Sulphurous material coats the gypsum fragments<br />

in sample PP 49. Brown coloured, insoluble (in 10% HCL) grains<br />

(ferromanganese-oxides?) occur in some of the samples from the dark sediments<br />

of the Narbone formation. Siltstone fragments occur in one sample<br />

(PP 49). The relative quantity of anorganic material such as sand, silt and<br />

schist fragments increases significantly in the residues in the upper part of<br />

the Punta Picola section, reaching a peak value in PP 49.<br />

I am greatly indebted to C. W. Drooger for suggesting the research topic.<br />

His encouragement and helpful criticism throughout the course of this<br />

investigation in the field as well as in the laboratory, is gratefully acknowledged.<br />

Thanks are extended to R. D. Schuiling and C. H. van der Weijden<br />

who kindly examined some of the samples on their mineral content. For<br />

the assistance in the field and stimulating discussions I am very grateful to<br />

J. E. Meulenkamp, R. C. Tjalsma and J. A. Broekman. I wish to thank<br />

W. J. Zachariasse for introducing me into the field of study of planktonic<br />

foraminifera. I like to express my thanks to P. Marks, W. J. Zachariasse and<br />

R. R. Schmidt for many suggestions and discussions, and to my roommates<br />

Th. E. Wong, J. Hageman and A. A. H. Wonders for their friendship and<br />

endurance while listening to my counting work and Messinian monologues.<br />

I express my gratitude to J. Hofker (The Hague), W. H. Zagwijn (Haarlem),


c. Cadee (Texel), I. den Hartog-Adams (Beek), G. T. Boalch (Plymouth)<br />

and M. Muir (London) who examined Pachysphaera material. I thank P. D.<br />

Brolsma and M. Schone for their assistance and company in the field.<br />

The careful drawings of the benthonic foraminifera and the Scan photographs<br />

were made by J. P. van der Linden. The drawing of the textfigures<br />

were made by P. Hoonhout, A. van Doorn and J. P. van der Linden. The<br />

photographs in the text were printed by A. van Doorn and F. H. Henzen.<br />

G. van 't veld prepared most of the samples. S. Schut typed many of the<br />

distribution charts and M. Schone took care of the typing of the manuscript.<br />

I thank them all for their efficient and careful work.


Data and conclusions from the earlier papers (Brolsma, 197 Sa, b) on the<br />

Arenazzolo and overlying Transitional interval at Capo Rossello (fig. 1) and<br />

Eraclea Minoa (fig. 2) will not be exhaustively repeated. During the seminar<br />

in Erice (1975) the marine environment in which the Arenazzolo was deposited<br />

was doubted by some of those present. The question was raised<br />

whether the faunas described by Brolsma (1975) represented reworked<br />

Tortonian faunas, incorporated in lacustrine sediments. In the latter case<br />

one might expect: 1) a rather haphazard distribution of various species in<br />

the Arenazzolo sediments, 2) a concentration of such forms in strata suggesting<br />

considerable turbulence and supply of coarser sediment, and 3) a<br />

drastic change in the quantitative distribution of all species at the transition<br />

to the overlying Trubi.<br />

1) Samples JT 1386-1388 of section 1 at Capo Rossello (op. cit., 1975b,<br />

fig. 5) contain oligotypic assemblages in which Ammonia beccarii forms as<br />

much as 75 and 90% of the fauna in samples 1387 and 1386, respectively.<br />

Cribrononion excavatum makes up 20% of the fauna in the former sample.<br />

Sample CR 6 is almost devoid of benthonic foraminifera but it does contain<br />

abundant ostracode carapaces of Cyprideis pannonica var. agrigentina. At<br />

Eraclea Minoa 80% of the fauna of sample 14 (fig. 2, section 1) is formed<br />

by Rosalina globularis. The presence of such assemblages of very low diversity<br />

cannot be reconciled with a derivation from older deposits, but it might<br />

fit in with the assumption of restricted marine to lacustrine deposits.<br />

2) Brolsma (1975) described small scale cross-lamination and sub-horizontal<br />

parallel lamination in the sandier strata of the Arenazzolo at Capo Rossel-<br />

10. According to J. A. Broekman (pers. comm.) the horizontally stratified<br />

sands which sometimes show an upper part with small scale cross stratification,<br />

are very similar to the "storm-stand" layers described by Reineck and<br />

Singh (1971; see also our fig. 3). Such sands are regarded to be the result<br />

of deposition from suspension-clouds, the material of which was taken up in<br />

shallow water during storms. One of these storm layers and the directly<br />

underlying and overlying clayey sediments were sampled. The sand-bed is<br />

horizontally laminated and attains a thickness of 2 cm. Its position is 3.5 m<br />

below the Arenazzolo/Trubi contact in an exposure some 200 m SE of the<br />

proposed Miocene/pliocene boundary stratotype (Cita, 197 Sa). Sample


Fig. 3 Subhorizontally stratified and cross-laminated sandy interbeds in clayey Arenazzolo sediments<br />

at Capo Rossello.<br />

CRM 2 was taken from the storm-sand layer about 3 em above CRM 1 and 3<br />

em below CRM 3. The latter two samples are from the adjoining clayey<br />

sediments (fig. 4).<br />

Accepting a storm-induced origin of the sandy strata we might expect<br />

higher numbers of supposedly reworked forms in sample CRM 2. The number<br />

of species per 150 specimens met with in the sand (48) is somewhat<br />

lower than the numbers collected from the clays (56 and 60). The quantitative<br />

composition of the faunas does not differ significantly, and there is no<br />

clear evidence for a difference in addition of reworked specimens (cf. fig. 4).<br />

Moreover, the assemblages make sense from an ecological point of view<br />

(Brolsma, 197 5b).<br />

3) The numerical variation of most planktonic taxa across the Transitional<br />

interval is very small. It is hard to imagine that the faunas below the<br />

Miocene-pliocene boundary were reworked and those above the boundary<br />

were autochthonous. This would mean that after 2 million years, the newly<br />

introduced Atlantic fauna would still contain the various species in the same<br />

proportions.<br />

In addition to these faunistic considerations some lithostratigraphic data<br />

are not in accordance with a fresh-water origin of the entire Arenazzolo.<br />

Ogniben (1957) described the Arenazzolo from Sicily as a formation of<br />

variable thickness and best developed in synclinal areas. In anticlinal regions<br />

the Trubi directly overlies either the "calcare di base" of the Messinian or


2 3<br />

Ammonia beccarii<br />

Bolivina dentellata-dilatata-spathulata<br />

Bolivina scalprata var. miocenica<br />

Bolivina spp.<br />

Bulimina aculeata<br />

Bulimina elongata var. subulata<br />

Bulimina spp.<br />

Cibicides lobatulus<br />

Cibicides (pseudo )ungerianus<br />

Cibicides refulgens<br />

Cibicides spp.<br />

Discorbis spp.<br />

Elphidium spp.<br />

Globocassidulina subglobosa<br />

Gyroidina umbonata<br />

Hanzawaia boueana<br />

Hopkinsina bononiensis<br />

Lenticulina spp.<br />

Nonion spp.<br />

Gridorsalis stellatus<br />

Rosalina globularis<br />

Reussella spinulosa<br />

Uvigerina spp.<br />

Golina hexagona<br />

Pullenia spp.<br />

Siphonina brady ana<br />

Stilostomella adolphina<br />

Miscellaneous<br />

Indeterminable<br />

Total number of counted specimens<br />

Total number of counted species<br />

20 15<br />

15 11<br />

1 4<br />

3 9<br />

8 8<br />

3 2<br />

4 2<br />

1 4<br />

25 19<br />

8 1<br />

2 5<br />

4 1<br />

4 4<br />

2 3<br />

5 6<br />

1 1<br />

4 4<br />

1 4<br />

1 1<br />

4 4<br />

1 1<br />

6 6<br />

2 1<br />

3 3<br />

4 3<br />

1 3<br />

12 19<br />

5 6<br />

150 150<br />

48 60<br />

Distribution chart of the benthonic species from the storm-sand layer and adjoining clayey<br />

sediments in the Arenazzolo at Capo Rossello.<br />

the Tortonian sediments, whereas the synclines show the succession: evaporites-Arenazzolo-Trubi.<br />

Petrographically the Arenazzolo was classified as<br />

an arkosic calcarenite, containing transported clastics derived from nearby<br />

granite- and schist exposures. Locally, sediments of Trubi-type, considered<br />

by all colleagues to be an open marine deposit, seem to alternate with<br />

Arenazzolo-like deposits. Ogniben (1957) described a gypsum-Trubi-Arenazzolo<br />

succession, in turn overlain by Trubi from an area near Contrada<br />

Drezzaria. In the area of Bosca-Stincone (Serradifalco, Caltanisetta) 10 to<br />

20 m of Arenazzolo are intercalated in the Trubi some tens of meters above<br />

its base. Similar successions seem to occur near Mimiani (Caltanisetta) and


Mappa. These successions are hard to explain if one considers the Arenazzolo<br />

to be of lacustrine origin, and even more enigmatic if one considers the Trubi<br />

to be an abyssal deposit.<br />

The Arenazzolo as a sediment, together with its faunal content, makes<br />

sense in a shallow or marginal marine environment in which more normal<br />

and open marine conditions were gradually introduced, either as a result of<br />

slow basin floor subsidence or of a gradual rise in sea level. The supply of<br />

fine terrigenous clastic material decreased to between 30 and 40% and<br />

biogenic sedimentation started in the off-shore area.<br />

In our opinion Ogniben (1957) was correct to regard the Arenazzolo as a<br />

transgressive sequence. It is transgressive at least in the sense that salinities<br />

were closer to normal than during the preceding evaporation phase. Drooger's<br />

opinion (1975) that it is of regressive character is based entirely on the<br />

assumption that undisturbed growth of selenitic gypsum at Capo Rossello<br />

took place at greater depth below wave base than the deposition of the crossstratified<br />

sands. Possibly the Arenazzolo sedimentation took place at rapidly<br />

varying depths, even allowing fresh-water lake deposits with Cyprideis to<br />

become intercalated, but the overall tendency is transgressive. It would be<br />

better to consider the Arenazzolo as an initial phase of the Pliocene Trubi<br />

sedimentation than as the terminal phase of the evaporation cycles of the<br />

Messinian.


LITHOLOGY<br />

The new exposure to be dealt with is along the beach of Eraclea Minoa.<br />

The outcrop is numbered 3, to avoid confusion with the two earlier described<br />

and numbered sections from the same locality (Brolsma, 197 5b). An<br />

accurate description of the section's attainability is given by Brolsma (197 Sa,<br />

p.97).<br />

Section 3 is situated only 300 m SW of section 2 (fig. 2), and was brought<br />

to the attention of the author by Dr. N. Ciaranfi (Bari) during the excursion<br />

organized by the Erice seminar, in 1975. The general change in lithology in<br />

the transitional interval between Arenazzolo and Trubi, has been described<br />

and discussed before (fig. 5; op cit. 1975b). In exposure 3 an entirely new<br />

type of succession is formed by an intercalation of Trubi-like limestones<br />

within this transitional interval. This thin interbed of only 7 to 8 cm in<br />

thickness shows a gradual lower contact with the underlying black coloured<br />

clays, whereas its upper boundary is sharp and straight with a sandy layer of<br />

equal thickness on top. Upwards, this fine-grained, well sorted sand bed<br />

rapidly changes into burrowed, blue coloured clayey marl which turns into<br />

harder, more cream coloured marl and finally into indurated, compact Trubi<br />

limestone. This entire sequence has a thickness of only 40 cm (fig. 6).<br />

The thin intercalation of Trubi limestone in this transitional sequence<br />

again indicates that the change in facies from Arenazzolo to Trubi was a<br />

gradual process which progressed by fits and starts. The return of clastic<br />

supply after a short period of biogenic sedimentation cannot be explained<br />

in terms of great or sudden changes in water depth. It is more likely that<br />

the supply of terrigenous clastic fines decreased, permitting biogenic sedimentation<br />

in a progressively ingressing sea (Brolsma, 1975b, p. 377). Superimposed<br />

on this gradual change in depositional environment, terrigenous<br />

material was incidentally supplied, which resulted in the positively graded<br />

sandy intercalation. Subsequently, Trubi sedimentation, which elsewhere<br />

probably continued during this short episode, gradually became reestablished.<br />

Similar sequences of events have been reconstructed and discussed before<br />

on the basis of the data supplied by Ogniben (1957). However, the scale<br />

at which various lithological types alternate in this section is much smaller.<br />

It has been observed that near the basin margins the Trubi and Arenazzolo


Transitional interval showing the gradual lithological change from dark Arenazzolo clays<br />

to cream-coloured, marly Trubi limestones at Eraclea Minoa (exposure 2).


may interfinger. Evidently biogenic sedimentation had already started while<br />

at other places the Arenazzolo was still being deposited. Sedimentation of<br />

the Trubi was locally interrupted by renewed supply and deposition of<br />

coarser terrigenous material. Such alternations are normal features in marginal<br />

areas displaying rapid horizontal changes in environmental conditions,<br />

which may become reflected in vertical sections. Such rapid variations in<br />

depositional types may be expected to become strongly reduced to scale,<br />

or to be absent, in the more remote, i.e. central parts of the basin, such as<br />

in the successions along the sourthern coast of Sicily.<br />

The wash residues of the four samples collected from the newly described<br />

transitional interval at Eraclea Minoa clearly reflect the different lithologies.<br />

The Trubi intercalation contains the smallest number of mica flakes. The<br />

underlying and overlying samples contain large amounts of mica, gypsum<br />

and pyritic grains in addition to other clastic debris. The topmost sample<br />

of this transitional interval again contains less mica.<br />

The conservation of the foraminiferal tests is good in the Trubi intercalation<br />

and transitional marls (sample 4). Brown ferruginous coatings are<br />

frequent on the benthonic tests in the other two samples. The planktonic<br />

foraminifera in the latter two samples are much better preserved than the<br />

benthonic foraminifera.<br />

Only 20 benthonic species have been recorded in a total of 100 counted<br />

specimens in the Trubi intercalation (fig. 6), whereas 42 to 47 species were<br />

encountered in the other three samples. The Trubi intercalation (sample 2)<br />

is 4gminated by five benthonic species; in descending order of abundance<br />

these are: Gyroidina soldanii, Dentalina filiformis, Epistominella exigua,<br />

Oridorsalis umbonatus and Gyroidina umbonata. All five species are frE'quent<br />

elements in the overlying Trubi sediments (cf. Brolsma, 1975b, figs. 7 and<br />

13). In the other three samples Ammonia beccarii, Bolivina species, Bulimina<br />

species, Elphidium species and epiphytes are the most conspicuous<br />

elements. The number of benthonic specimens per 200 counted planktonic<br />

specimens is 10 and 15 in samples 1 and 3, but less than 1 in samples 2 and<br />

4. Smaller quantities of planktonic forms in samples 1 and 3 are held responsible<br />

for the relatively high number of benthonics per 200 counted<br />

planktonic individuals. In samples 2 and 4 planktonic foraminifera are very<br />

abundant and no benthonics were encountered in the total of 200 counted<br />

planktonic specimens. The occasional presence of Globorotalia margaritae<br />

(primi tiva-type) in samples 1 and 4 is worth mentioning.


2 3 4<br />

2 3<br />

1 5<br />

2 6<br />

1 8<br />

10<br />

1<br />

1 9<br />

2 4<br />

1 4<br />

5<br />

1<br />

4<br />

4<br />

3<br />

4<br />

2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

7<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

1<br />

3<br />

3<br />

1<br />

6<br />

5<br />

3<br />

1<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

1<br />

3<br />

16<br />

1<br />

45<br />

100<br />

~<br />

Ammonia beccarii<br />

Bolivina antiqua<br />

Bolivina dilatata<br />

Bolivina plicatella var. mera<br />

Bolivina reticulata<br />

Bolivina spp.<br />

Bulimina aculeata<br />

Bulimina spp.<br />

Cassidulina laevigata<br />

Cibicides pseudoungerianus<br />

Cibicides refulgens<br />

Cibicides tenellus<br />

Dentalina filiformis<br />

Elphidium spp.<br />

Epistominella exigua<br />

Fissurina spp./Lagena spp.<br />

Gyroidina orbicularis /parva<br />

Gyroidina soldanii<br />

Gyroidina umbonata<br />

Hanzawaia boueana<br />

Melonis barleeanus<br />

Oridorsalis umbonatus<br />

Rosalina globularis<br />

Stilostomella adolphina<br />

Globocassidulina subglobosa<br />

Astrononion italicum<br />

Cassidulina laevigata var. carinata<br />

Cibicides bradyi<br />

Nuttallides rugosus var. convexus<br />

Cibicides lobatulus<br />

Miscellaneous<br />

Indeterminable<br />

Total number of counted species<br />

Total number of counted specimens<br />

Number of benthonics/200 planktonics<br />

Lithostratigraphic column of exposure 3 at Eraclea Minoa with the distribution of the<br />

benthonic species.


CONCLUSIONS<br />

The mediocre preservation of the benthonic fauna in samples 1 and 3,<br />

combined with the high diversity may be due to mixing of faunas from<br />

different habitats. Epiphytes, Elphidium and A. beccarii are normally not<br />

found living in association with so many mud-preferring forms of the genera<br />

Bolivina and Bulimina (see also Brolsma, 197 5b). The superior preservation<br />

of the planktonic foraminifera in these two samples may indicate their<br />

autochthony. Evidently such faunal mixing did not take place during the<br />

deposition of the Trubi intercalation as is shown by the excellent preservation<br />

of the tests and the conspicuous drop in species diversity. In the topmost<br />

sample, only the epiphytes (Cibicides refulgens, Cibicides lobatulus<br />

and Rosalina globularis) and A. beccarii may show a brown colouring whereas<br />

all other faunal constituents are beautifully preserved. It appears as if only<br />

the brown coloured specimens are allochthonous and may have been carried<br />

to the area of deposition either in suspension together with the clay fraction<br />

or as elements clinging to drifting submarine vegetation.<br />

The Trubi intercalation clearly represents an altogether different facies<br />

in which fewer and different taxa rapidly occupied the newly introduced<br />

ecological niches. The incidental supply of terrigenous material carrying<br />

the marginal faunas disturbs this sequential pattern, resulting in the sudden<br />

increase in diversity of benthonics and an increase in B/P ratio. As soon as<br />

the coarser material had settled the autochthonous assemblage returned.<br />

Obviously the introduction of the foreign elements was a rapid process<br />

prohibiting a thorough mixing of indigenous and allochthonous assemblages.<br />

Taking into account only those forms that constitute 5% or more of<br />

the assemblage, the minimum depth of deposition of this Trubi intercalation<br />

would be 40 m, based on the deepest recorded upper depth limit,<br />

that of Gyroidina soldanii (Drooger and Kaasschieter, 1958). The maximum<br />

depth of deposition is represented by the shallowest lower depth limit of<br />

one of the five dominant species, which is Dentalina filiformis at 2400 m<br />

(Blanc-Vernet, 1969). The most likely depth of deposition is formed by<br />

the preferential depth occurrences of all dominant forms combined, which<br />

in this case very vaguely centres around 100 m (cf. figs. 25-26). A depth of<br />

deposition between 50 and 200 m has been considered likely for the Arenazzolo-Trubi<br />

transitional interval at the other localities of Eraclea Minoa and<br />

Capo Rossello (cf. Brolsma, 197 5b). So it seems as if the benthonic Trubi<br />

fauna of sample 2 does not indicate a greater depth of deposition but rather<br />

a different environmental realm in which accumulation of skeletal debris<br />

of nannoplankton and foraminifera prevailed, incidentally disturbed by<br />

influxes of terrigenous detritus carrying displaced, marginal faunas in suspension.


A composite section of the Trubi is exposed along the beach of Capo<br />

Rossello and in the cliffs around Lido Rossello (fig. 1). Its lower and upper<br />

contacts are well exposed. Numerous normal faults trending NW-SE divide<br />

the Trubi into separate compartments, on the average some 50 m wide.<br />

The throw along these fractures seems to be small, not exceeding 10 to<br />

15 m. Within each compartment reliable profiles can be sampled. Correlation<br />

between one block and the other is often more difficult. For our study we<br />

primarily sampled in detail the lower 40 m, exposed in an easily accessible<br />

gully which ends at the beach (section 3, fig. 1) some 250 m NW of the<br />

Miocene-pliocene boundary stratotype locality (section 2, fig. 1). In a<br />

vertical sense the section is continuously exposed. The dip of the strata within<br />

this tectonic block is negligible. Eight meters in the upper part of the section<br />

was sampled in still greater detail for the "Accuracy in time" project<br />

(Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 17). The upper 10 m of the Trubi were sampled at<br />

two localities: Lido Rossello (section 5, fig. 1), and Punta Piccola, some 4<br />

kilometers east of Lido Rossello (fig. 1). At both localities the marls of the<br />

Monte Narbone formation follow in an upward direction. The Trubi sediments<br />

in Capo Rossello, situated between the lower 40 m and the top, were<br />

not sampled in comparable detail, for the tectonic reasons outlined above<br />

(section 4, fig. 1). Sections 1 and 2 have been the subject of earlier publications<br />

(Brolsma, 1975b).<br />

The Trubi has a thickness of 100 to 120 m at Lido Rossello (Cita, 197 Sa,<br />

fig. 10). It either starts from a disturbed contact at its base (section 2,<br />

fig. 1, Miocene-pliocene boundary stratotype) or it has a transitional interval<br />

(section 1) straddling the boundary with the underlying clastic Arenazzolo<br />

(Brolsma, 1975b). The transitional interval shows plastic blue clay below,<br />

which rapidly becomes marlier ,harder and more cream coloured in an upward<br />

direction, and which in turn passes into the true biogenic limestones<br />

of the Trubi type (fig. 7). Burrows filled with contrasting blue and cream<br />

coloured sediment are present in this transitional interval but burrowing<br />

is not held responsible for the gradual change in lithology.


107<br />

107G<br />

B.C<br />

107A<br />

106<br />

1394<br />

64<br />

1393<br />

EJ::IJ Marly<br />

limestone<br />

EtJ3 Clayey limestone<br />

I~~IMarl<br />

t..--...-j Marly<br />

cloy<br />

--------------. Undulating lithological boundary<br />

___ Sharp lithological boundary<br />

- - - - Gradual lithological change<br />

;J Bioturbation<br />

V0<br />

Load casts<br />

~ Undulating lamination<br />

---L.- Oblique lamination<br />

p<br />

Increasing<br />

Pyrite<br />

pi Plant remains<br />

ex<br />

Fish remains<br />

induration<br />

Pyritic levels or nodules<br />

in situ or displaced<br />

® Mollusc remains<br />

Ferro - mangonese- rich<br />

i nterVQ I s<br />

Gypsum<br />

crystals<br />

Lithostratigraphic column of exposure 3 at Capo Rossello showing the position of the<br />

samples. The legend is valid for figure 39 as well.


Section 3<br />

The sampled section 3 covers an interval of some 47 m. The lowermost 6<br />

to 7 m of the generally cream coloured Trubi are characterized by vaguely<br />

bedded, intensely burrowed (fig. 7), compact limestones (samples 1393-<br />

1397, fig. 8). The bedding is mainly caused by clayey-marley horizons of<br />

irregular lateral extension, which are 10 to 15 cm thick. On larger surfaces<br />

in the ()utcrops the compact limestones show spheroidal weathering.<br />

Upwards, the lithology changes into a rapid alternation of relatively soft<br />

and marly, and more indurated limestone beds (samples 65-70, 1399-<br />

1400). The greyish marly limestones grade upwards into the compact limestones<br />

which show brown, indurated and apparently more strongly burrowed<br />

surfaces at their top. The marls may contain dark brown to green clay<br />

seams. The thickness of such small sequences varies from 30 to 70 cm; on<br />

a total thickness of 10 meters, 25 of such sequences may be distinguished.<br />

The next 10 m comprise limestones with a thickness of 1 to 1.20 m,<br />

separated by more marly beds of only 20 to 40 cm (samples 71-1404). The<br />

well-bedded appearance of the underlying part of the Trubi tends to vanish,<br />

the marly levels becoming more compact.<br />

The following 1.6 m consist of more marly limestsmes (35 to 60 cm)<br />

which alternate with harder limestones of some 20 cm (sample 1405).<br />

Upwards, a limestone bed with a thickness of about one meter, is characterized<br />

by several thin, subhorizontallevels consisting of relatively indurated<br />

material, showing a black interior. Oblique, U-shaped burrows filled with<br />

similar resistant material are abundant; the black core is supposed to be<br />

pyrite; the outer coating contains a mixture of gypsum, calcite and jarosite<br />

(cf. Brolsma, 197 5b).<br />

The next higher 8 meters are characterized by the presence of six levels<br />

of brownish-rose, finely bedded to laminated limestone which are intercalated<br />

in a succession of both marly and indurated limestones (samples<br />

73-101). This part of the Rossello 3 section was sampled again (CRP 8-45)<br />

for the analysis of counting methods. The alternative description of these<br />

8 meters are published in Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 17 as well, together with<br />

the results of the micropaleontological investigation.<br />

The lowermost 40 cm of this 8 meters interval show indurated pyritic<br />

. levels at the base and finely laminated, rose coloured sediment on top.<br />

Within this bed, semiglobular, asymmetrical bodies of homogeneous limestone<br />

are embedded in the laminated deposits (fig. 9). Burrows are numerous<br />

and some of them are composed of the same brown-black material as described<br />

above. Sample 73 was collected from a semiglobular body. Within the


Fig. 9 Laterally displaced loadcast-structures at the base of the laminated/non-laminated interval<br />

of the Trubi at Capo Rossello, exposure 3. Note the fine-bedded character in the upper<br />

part of this figure.<br />

upper 6 cm of this bed, a rose coloured, finely bedded stratum with a thickness<br />

of 2 to 3 cm is intercalated.<br />

The lowermost laminated to finely bedded interval of substantial thickness<br />

(about 140 cm, fig. 9) shows a gradual transition over a few centimeters<br />

from the underlying deposits, due to an irregular alternation of non-laminated<br />

(sample 74) and finely laminated, brownish beds. In an upward sense,<br />

the limestone beds decrease in thickness from 2 cm to less than 0.5 cm over<br />

an interval of 10 cm. The fine lamination is traceable due to differences in<br />

induration of the laminae, probably caused by different iron-contents.<br />

Burrowing has not disturbed the lamination; however, the upper part of this<br />

unit is distinctly burrowed, without substantial distortion of the lamination.<br />

Here, the lamination is more delicate and wavy in a somewhat more brownish<br />

sediment. The burrows have a length of up to 10 cm; they are oblique to<br />

subparallel with respect to the original lamination (fig. 10) and filled with<br />

contrasting greyish material derived from the overlying marly limestone.<br />

Samples 75 to 78 were collected in this first laminated interval.<br />

The basal part of the overlying grey marly limestone is burrowed as well,<br />

causing a gradual transition (sample 79). These burrows are filled with rose


sediment, corresponding in colour to that of the underlying bed. The basal<br />

marly limestone (sample 80) passes upwards into brownish and indurated<br />

limestone (sample 81). The total thickness of this unit amounts to 50 cm.<br />

The lower boundary of the second finely laminated unit is marked by<br />

a rapid change in colour to rose-brown. The sediment seems to be clayey;<br />

burrowing is present but rare. Some less distinctly laminated interbeds have<br />

a thickness of up to 4 cm. Samples 82 and 83 were collected in this 60 cm<br />

part of the succession. At the top of the previous unit the sediment changes<br />

into a light brown, less distinctly bedded limestone, which contains burrows<br />

filled with white limestone of pelletoidal texture. This sediment passes in<br />

turn into homogeneous limestone which is overlain by a laminated bed with<br />

a thickness of 6 cm and a compact, indurated limestone of 15 cm (sample<br />

84). The unit ends with a marly, partly laminated limestone of 20 cm thickness<br />

(sample 85).<br />

The undulating lower contact of the third laminated unit of rose-coloured<br />

sediment (thickness 45 cm) is rather sharp and well traceable in the horizontal<br />

sense. The sediment is of remarkably low weight and shows delicate<br />

lamination with small scale undulations, draping over larger specimens of<br />

Fig. 10 Horizontal burrows on a bedding plane in a laminated interval of the Trubi at Capo Rossello<br />

(exposure 3).


Orbulina, which in turn seem to depress the laminae underneath. Fish remams<br />

are common.<br />

The variation of hues from white to brown shows that the lamination<br />

is discontinuous in a lateral sense. Inclusions of greenish clay may be caused<br />

by burrowing but since the lamination seems to follow the outlines of the<br />

inclusions at least part of them may be pebbles (diameter up to 2 em).<br />

The lamination shows internal unconformities as well as wavy stretches<br />

with a height of 0.5 em. The lower contact of this unit is irregular due to<br />

folded structures and the occurrence of oblique lamination, visible over a<br />

horizontal distance of up to 20 em. The folded structures have a width of<br />

some 10 em. Internal small scale, zig-zag folding of laminae has been observed<br />

as well. Samples 86 and 87 were recovered from the base and top of this<br />

unit, respectively.<br />

The third laminated unit is covered by 20 em of marly limestone with a<br />

distinct lower contact and intense internal bioturbation. Sample 88 was collected<br />

from this level.<br />

The fourth laminated bed has a thickness of only 25 em. Upwards, it<br />

changes gradually but rapidly into a burrowed limestone. Near its base,<br />

sample 89 was collected.<br />

On top we find a compact, burrowed limestone of 20 cm (sample 90),<br />

followed by a relatively clayey limestone of brown colour (10 em, sample<br />

91) which gradually passes into an indurated limestone of 30 cm (sample<br />

92). The pronounced top of this limestone is covered by 30 em of marly<br />

limestone (sample 93), which upwards shows an increase in clay-content and<br />

a change to brownish hues (20 cm). The total thickness of this non-laminated<br />

unit is 110 cm.<br />

At the level of sample 90, the investigated section had to be shifted 2.5 m<br />

to the SSE, for reasons of accessibility.<br />

Upwards, the fifth laminated intercalation attains a thickness of 60 em.<br />

Burrowing is present without destroying the delicate bedding; the thin beds<br />

are homogeneous and white. In the lower part sample 94 was collected.<br />

About halfway, a relatively indurated, thin bedded intercalation is observed.<br />

Towards the top, burrowing and clay content increase; here, lamination is<br />

restricted to some levels, while the sediment-colour changes to brown. In<br />

one horizon plant-remains are common. Sample 95 is located in this upper<br />

clayey part.<br />

The clayey top part of the fifth laminated intercalation gradually changes<br />

into a marly limestone of grey colour (sample 96). This grades upwards into<br />

somewhat more indurated limestone (sample 97). On top we find marls<br />

and marly limestone, showing an upward increase of induration (samples


98 and 99). The total thickness of this unit is 150 cm.<br />

At the top of this 8 meters interval there is a sixth unit with laminated<br />

sediments of some 50 cm thickness. The internal bedding is disturbed by<br />

burrowing in its lower and upper parts. About half way, less intensive<br />

organic activity allowed the preservation of discontinuous laminae. Sample<br />

100 was collected from this middle part. In upward sense the sediment<br />

changes rapidly into a relatively indurated, brown coloured and burrowed<br />

limestone (sample 101).<br />

Two meters of soft and marly limestones with intercalations of more<br />

compact beds follow on top (samples 102-104). Higher up the marly<br />

intercalations disappear, and the vaguely bedded and massive character<br />

found in the basal few meters returns (thickness 6 to 7 m, samples 105-<br />

107). At the boundary between two of the compact limestone beds, a<br />

very thin clay seam was observed, which pinches out laterally to continue<br />

as a red-brown coloured bedding plane. It could not be verified whether<br />

similar bedding planes correspond to comparable clay seams in a horizontal<br />

direction.<br />

Some two meters below the top of the section a 50 cm clayey intercalation<br />

is of special interest. The base of the clay is irregular. In a lateral sense<br />

it shows a horizontal offshoot of 2 cm (sample 107 B) to zero under a wedge<br />

of the underlying limestone and over a lateral distance of some 30 cm (fig.<br />

11). The clay body is of dark green colour (samples 107 D-F). Larger, brown<br />

coloured burrows (diameter 1 cm) usually follow horizontal paths. Smaller,<br />

white coloured and bifurcating burrows form a system of branching tunnels<br />

(fig. 12 and 13). Oriented samples show these tunnels to branch in a downward<br />

direction. The tunnels are circular in cross-section and have a constant<br />

diameter of about 1 mm. At some levels discontinuous lamination is still<br />

preserved. The over- and underlying indurated limestones show no bioturbation,<br />

but the contact between the clay and the overlying limestone is<br />

burrowed (sample 107 G).<br />

The top of section 3 shows gravels and soil in unconformable position.<br />

Near Lido Rossello, to the west, the Trubi attains a greater thickness, of<br />

more than 100 m. It passes upwards into marly sediments with intercalations<br />

of brownish colour, which are unconformably covered by Quaternary<br />

calcarenitic sands.<br />

62 samples have been taken from section 3. The sampling was focussed<br />

on the indurated/non-indurated sequences (20 samples) and the alternation<br />

of laminated/non-laminated sediments (29 samples).


0 10 20cm.<br />

L--L--J<br />

~II\\<br />

:::0 if.- :::0 :::"<br />

OJI<br />

OJI<br />

II<br />

II<br />

II<br />

ABeD E F G<br />

107A 107B 107C 107D 107E 107F 107G<br />

1 2 1 2 1 3 2 Astrononion italicum<br />

1 1 1 1 1 Bolivina spp.<br />

4 5 4 1 10 2 4 Cibicides bradyi<br />

3 3 2 Cibicides italicus<br />

1 2 2 4 Cibicides pseudoungerianus<br />

1 1 2 1 Cibicides spp.<br />

1 5 1 3 1 2 5 Eggerella bradyi<br />

1 2 2 1 2 Flori/us grateloupi<br />

3 1 1 4 2 4 4 Gyroidina umbonata/orbicularis<br />

5 1 5 1 3 2 4 Oridorsalis stellatus<br />

1 5 2 3 2 1 Oridorsalis umbonatus<br />

10 5 4 9 5 2 3 Pullenia spp.<br />

14 4 11 8 11 9 Siphonina bradyana<br />

4 3 1 1 Dentalina spp.<br />

3 4 4 1 Fissurina spp./Lagena spp.<br />

2 6 2 Hanzawaia boueana<br />

1 2 3 Lenticulina spp.<br />

1 2 1 3 Oolina hexagona<br />

3 Nuttallides rugosus var. convexus<br />

4 2 Pleurostomella spp.<br />

2 9 7 7 5 9 5 Miscellaneous<br />

16 28 22 26 23 22 19 Total number of species<br />

1 1 1 5 3 3 Total number of benthonics/200 counted planktonics<br />

1 1 1 2 1 Indeterminable<br />

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Total number of counted specimens<br />

Fig. 11 Lithostratigraphic column of a clayey interval of the Trubi in the top part of exposure 3<br />

at Capo Rossello with the distribution of the benthonic species.<br />

Section 4<br />

Forty meters of Trubi limestone which are considered to overlie the strata<br />

of section 3 have been sampled (17 samples) in section 4 (fig. 1). Strong<br />

deformation of the topmost laminated interval at this locality shows that<br />

displacement has taken place after deposition of the sediment. Only four of<br />

the samples were studied from this middle part of the Trubi to check


Figs. 12 and 13. Chondrites-burrows in the topmost clayey interval of the Trubi at Capo Rossello<br />

(exposure 3).


whether its assumed intermediate stratigraphic position was substantiated by<br />

the planktonic markers (samples 42-45, some 30 m stratigraphically above<br />

107). The benthonic fauna was studied for comparison with the overlying<br />

an'd underlying assemblages. This middle part of the Trubi is well-bedded.<br />

Minor lithological differences between the consecutive beds are shown by<br />

selective weathering, but in fresh outcrops these differences are hardly<br />

detectable. Horizontal partings may contain thin clay seams which show<br />

discontinuous lamination and mottled structures. Small, bifurcating burrows<br />

as described from section 3 were found in this middle part as well.<br />

Section Punta Piccola<br />

The uppermost part of the Trubi, exposed in the Punta Piccola section,<br />

is very similar to the lowermost few meters at Capo Rossello: thick bedded,<br />

highly indurated and thoroughly burrowed (samples PP 1-7, some 60 m<br />

stratigraphically above 107). Burrowing is visible by brown and blue coloured<br />

stains with diameters of 1 to 2 cm. The burrows seem to diminish in<br />

diameter in an upward direction because the brown coloured spots are<br />

smaller with diameters of 0.5 to 1 cm; they may be surrounded by concentric<br />

rings of 1 to 3 cm diameter.<br />

Discussion of the lithology<br />

In general, Trubi sediments consist for some 75% of carbonate of mainly<br />

planktonic origin, for some 25% of silica and clay minerals. Low sedimentation<br />

rates and favourable conditions for bottom life may explain the vague<br />

bedding, intense burrowing and compact character of the lowermost 6 to<br />

7 m of the limestones. Burrowing activity evidently destroyed any stratification<br />

that might have been present. Sedimentation rates may have increased<br />

occasionally to account for the few more clayey intercalations.<br />

The distinct bedding higher in the section is caused by marly intercalations<br />

possibly indicating periodical supply of fines. The dark coloured clay<br />

seams within the marly intercalations indicate homogenization to have been<br />

less at times; the decreased burrowing must be due either to increased sedimentation<br />

rates or to less favourable bottom conditions. The observed<br />

25 gradual changes from marl to indurated limestone may either be explained<br />

by decreasing supply of terrigenous fines or by an increasing activity of<br />

burrowers enhanced by either a decreasing rate of deposition or by improving<br />

bottom conditions. A varying rate of deposition caused by a fluctuating<br />

supply of terrigenous fines seems to be the most plausible mechanism<br />

for the rhythmic type of sedimentation. Indications for a turbiditic type of


sedimentation have not been found. The hardground-like character at the<br />

top of the indurated limestone part of the cycles was not found to be<br />

correlated with any notable change in benthonic fauna that might indicate<br />

sudden changes in bottom conditions.<br />

Upwards, the supply of clay seems to decrease, allowing burrowers to<br />

homogenize the sediment again in 1 to 1.2 m thick beds. More marly intercalations<br />

of only 20 to 40 cm indicate that the supply of fines had not<br />

ceased completely. Before the onset of a different type of sedimentation<br />

the supply of terrigenous fines briefly increased over an interval of only<br />

1.6 m.<br />

The various brown coloured, pyrite containing subhorizontal levels<br />

within the thick limestone bed at the base of the laminated/non-laminated<br />

part of the section may have been formed as a result of negative Eh conditions<br />

below the sediment-water interface, caused for instance by high quantities<br />

of decomposing organic detritus (cf. Brolsma, 1975b, p. 362). Similar<br />

material fills the U-shaped burrows in which comparable reactions have<br />

probably played a role. Finely bedded sediments appear to be associated<br />

with similar pyritic inclusions in the overlying bed. Burrowing organisms<br />

evidently did not destroy this fine bedding. High organic productivity in<br />

the overlying water column may have enhanced the subsurface formation<br />

of pyrite and obstructed the activity of burrowers. Oxygen depletion below<br />

the sediment-water interface may at times have extended up to this interface,<br />

resulting in still further deteriorating bottom conditions.<br />

The sack-like structures in the overlying bed are interpreted as the result<br />

of loadcasting. The slight lateral component probably was caused by gliding<br />

movements toward the south east, as is concluded from the orientation of<br />

the axial planes of the loadcasts. These features indicate rapid deposition as<br />

well as a dip of the seafloor toward the south east. This possibly indicates<br />

that the deeper part of the basin was located SE of Capo Rossello.<br />

The gradual transition at the base of the first laminated interval of substantial<br />

thickness may be best explained by an alternation of periods of<br />

higher productivity increasing the rate of sedimentation, and periods of<br />

lower productivity and consequently lower sedimentation rates. The intensity<br />

of bottom life varied accordingly but never ceased completely. Even the<br />

finest laminated parts show small burrows which do not disturb the lamination.<br />

Such laminated or finely bedded sediments may even be present in the<br />

more indurated, seemingly homogeneous limestones as thin intercalations,<br />

which indicates the fluctuating character of the poor bottom conditions in<br />

the course of time.<br />

Occasional oblique or subhorizontal burrows of greater dimensions indi-


cate that larger burrowing organisms survived during such periods of high<br />

productivity and increased sedimentation rates.<br />

The wavy stretches and folding structures of the laminae, especially at the<br />

base of the third laminated unit may point to instability of the unconsolidated<br />

sediment on a dipping seafloor shortly after deposition; internal<br />

cohesion in the sediment was sufficient to allow the formation of small<br />

zig-zag folds.<br />

Burrowing activity during sedimentation of the intercalated marls and<br />

limestones frequently blurs the boundaries with the laminated units. The<br />

amount of clay admixture seems to vary and is for instance higher in the<br />

second and fifth laminated units. Also the numbers of radiolarians and<br />

diatoms in the wash-residues vary from abundant to negligible from sample<br />

to sample within a single unit. The light-weight sediment of the third laminated<br />

unit contains relatively large numbers of diatoms and radiolarians.<br />

Laminae are found to drape over relatively large specimens of Orbulina<br />

and pebble-like inclusions, whereas these larger objects in turn are seen<br />

to depress the underlying, unconsolidated sediments.<br />

The presence of plant remains at one level in the fifth laminated interval<br />

points to an ample supply of allochthonous material. The morphology of<br />

these remains is similar to that of Posidonia weeds, which suggests that the<br />

plant material drifted in from shoaler areas.<br />

The sixth and uppermost laminated interval forms the end of this period<br />

of variable sedimentation rates and corresponding periods of faunal and<br />

floral blooms. Only in the middle part of this uppermost laminated interval<br />

was burrowing activity unable to destroy the fine bedding.<br />

After the deposition of the sixth laminated unit the overlying marls and<br />

limestones suggest environmental conditions similar to those below the<br />

silica-rich and finely bedded part of the section. Biogenic sedimentation<br />

with slow deposition rate and favourable bottom conditions allowed burrowers<br />

to homogenize the sediment, as in the basal part of the section.<br />

Depositional rates may have increased occasionally to account for the thin<br />

clay seams separating the compact limestone beds.<br />

Increased clay supply may account for the homogeneous as well as the<br />

discontinuously laminated levels within the 50 cm clay layer at the top of<br />

section 3. The bifurcating burrows observed in these clays are considered to<br />

have been caused by the ichnogenus Chondrites Sternberg (1833). Good<br />

descriptions of such fossils have been given by Simpson (1957) and by<br />

Hantzschel (1975). According to Simpson the maximum ratio of tunnel<br />

length to tunnel diameter is 40, which would mean our specimens were 4 cm<br />

long. Actually, this is the maximum length measured in our material. Chon-


drites are trace-fossils consisting of a system of regularly branching tunnels<br />

of uniform diameter, formed by some animal working from a fixed basepoint<br />

at or just below the seafloor. It is a cosmopolitan genus, reported with<br />

certainty from the Ordovicium to the Tertiary. Our Trubi specimens show a<br />

layered, carbonate filling which is more indurated and of lighter colour than<br />

the surrounding sediment. Preferential induration of such tunnel fillings has<br />

been noted before by Kennedy (1970). The entire genus Chondrites undoubtedly<br />

belongs to the Fodichnia and has to be regarded as feeding structures<br />

of sediment-eating animals and not as dwelling burrows of filter-feeding<br />

annelids (Seilacher, 1964). Simpson regards these burrows as the result of<br />

sipunculoid (= unsegmented) worms working from a fixed centre at the<br />

surface of the sediment and producing tunnels by an extensile proboscis; the<br />

branching pattern may be caused by phobotaxis (= behaviour to avoid<br />

penetrating its own tunnel or the tunnel of others in its passage through the<br />

sediment).<br />

A bed with Chondrites is of marine origin and the water was not greatly<br />

agitated by wave-action (Simpson, 1957, p. 494). Warme et al. (1973) stated<br />

that Chondrites has little value as a bathymetric indicator, being cosmopolitan<br />

and crossing both bathymetric and lithologic facies boundaries. But<br />

the presence of this trace fossil requires that the bottom waters be oxygenated<br />

when the traces were formed, and that the sediments contain sufficient<br />

food.<br />

The middle part of the Trubi in section 4 with its well-bedded appearance<br />

resembles the lower part of the Trubi on top of the basal 6 to 7 m of vaguely<br />

bedded, compact limestones. A variable rate of deposition caused by a<br />

fluctuating supply of terrigenous fines seems to be valid for this part of the<br />

section as well. The presence of clay-seams in horizontal partings and the<br />

presence of Chondrites point to sedimentation conditions comparable to<br />

those described for the lower part of the section.<br />

A low rate of sedimentation enabling burrowers to homogenize the<br />

sediment returns in the topmost Trubi part at Punta Piccola. Bottom conditions<br />

apparently remained favourable for bottom-dwelling life. Pyritisation<br />

in boreholes seems to be responsible for the concentric rings around the<br />

observed pipes. The upward decrease in diameter of the burrows may point<br />

to an unknown change in biotope favouring smaller sized burrowers.


The foraminiferal faunas from the Trubi, of which 73 samples have been<br />

studied, are characterized by good preservation and normal sized tests.<br />

Broken specimens are scarce, with the exception of those in sample 1400;<br />

only a small number of specimens is indeterminable. A few tests may be<br />

coated with either limonite, pyrite or carbonate thus obscuring characteristic<br />

features. Most Oolina hexagona specimens in sample 77, forming 97% of the<br />

fauna, show both carbonate and black coating.<br />

In the lower part of the Trubi (samples 1393-1405) an admixture of<br />

badly preserved benthonic specimens was observed. These forms are either<br />

etched, worn or vitreous and of light brown colour. They belong in particular<br />

to planoconvex representatives of Cibicides, especially of refulgens type,<br />

Anomalina helicina, Elphidium, Uvigerina, Bolivina and Quinqueloculina<br />

species, and sometimes Pullenia. The admixture of such badly preserved<br />

forms becomes strongly reduced or absent in the overlying part of the section.<br />

The benthonic fauna of sample 1395 is almost entirely composed of<br />

such badly preserved forms except for a few representatives of Dentalina filiformis,<br />

Globocassidulina subglobosa, Gyroidina umbonata, Oridorsalis umbonatus<br />

and o. stellatus. It is this group that is constantly well preserved in<br />

all samples from this lower part of the section.<br />

B/P ratio<br />

The number of benthonic individuals per 200 planktonic specimens varies<br />

between 0 and 22 (fig. 14). Minimum values show an irregular pattern<br />

throughout the Trubi column at Capo Rossello; they are common in the<br />

laminated sediments. Marly-clayey samples below the second, third, fourth<br />

and fifth laminated units appear to contain most benthonic forms and show<br />

a steady increase from 11 to 22 per 200 planktonic individuals (samples<br />

80, 85, 88 and 93). Between the fifth and sixth interval and on top of this<br />

uppermost laminated bed, benthonic forms are relatively scarce again and<br />

the actual numbers show minor fluctuations only. No relation is observed<br />

with the different types of sediment in the hard-soft sequences (samples<br />

65-70). The four samples from the middle part of the Trubi in section 4<br />

contain benthonic faunas in quantities comparable with those of the lower<br />

part of the Trubi (figs. 14 and 15). The number of benthonic specimens has


45<br />

42<br />

\ Sample numbers<br />

I'<br />

'07<br />

107G ~-<br />

~ >8<br />

"<br />

107 A<br />

'd.<br />

102<br />

6 100<br />

97<br />

5<br />

92<br />

4<br />

87<br />

84<br />

82<br />

80<br />

7.<br />

73<br />

1405<br />

1402<br />

72<br />

7'<br />

1400<br />

1399<br />

70<br />

.7<br />

.5<br />

1397<br />

1394<br />

.4<br />

1393<br />

Graph showing the numbers of planktonic (A) and benthonic (B) species in the consecutive<br />

countings as well as the Fisher a-diversity indices (C) for the benthonic faunas from the<br />

lower and middle parts of the Trubi at Capo Rossello (exposures 3 and 4). In the right<br />

hand column the number of benthonic specimens per 200 counted planktonic individuals<br />

is reproduced (D).


42 43 44 45 sa~<br />

3 4 4 Astrononion italicum<br />

3 6 6 2 Bigenerina nodosaria<br />

1 2 2 2 Bolivina spp.<br />

4 5 5 7 Cibicides bradyi<br />

4 1 2 1 Cibicides lobatulus<br />

2 3 2 1 Cibicides pseudoungerianus<br />

4 3 4 1 Cibicides spp.<br />

1 1 3 3 Den talina filiformis<br />

2 3 2 2 Eggerella bradyi<br />

1 4 3 1 Globocassidulina subglobosa<br />

1 1 1 Gyroidina soldanii<br />

1 3 3 Gyroidina umbonata<br />

3 1 1 8 Hanzawaia boueana<br />

3 5 2 Karreriella bradyi<br />

6 1 2 5 Lagena spp./Fissurina spp.<br />

2 2 3 3 Lenticulina spp.<br />

6 3 3 Melonis barleeanus<br />

1 2 4 4 Oridorsalis stellatus<br />

1 2 2 Oridorsalis umbonatus<br />

2 3 2 1 Pleurostomella alternans<br />

13 11 12 14 Pullenia spp.<br />

1 4 1 4 Arenaceous<br />

24 13 17 6 Siphonina bradyana<br />

1 3 1 1 Uvigerina proboscidea/ striatissima<br />

2 3 7 Bolivina dilatata<br />

3 1 Gyroidina orbicularis<br />

1 6 5 Planulina ariminensis<br />

3 Anomalinoides ornata<br />

3 Dentalina communis<br />

3 Pleurostomella rapa var. recens<br />

2 7 3 7 Miscellaneous<br />

7 1 4 2 Indeterminable<br />

100 100 100 100 Total number of specimens<br />

33 41 34 39 Total number of speci~s<br />

16-18 25 16-18 20-25 Fisher a-index<br />

0 1 4 4 Number of benthonic/200 planktonics<br />

Fig. 15 Distribution chart of the benthonic species from the middle part of the Trubi in exposure<br />

4 at Capo Rossello.<br />

increased again (up to 9) in the top ten meters of the Trubi at Punta Piccola<br />

(fig. 38).<br />

The rough estimates of the number of benthonic specimens per 200 planktonic<br />

individuals do not allow any interpretation of the minor fluctuations.<br />

However, the peaks in samples 80, 85, 88 and 93 seem to be more reliable<br />

(fig. 14). Either the abundance of benthonic forms increased or the number


of planktonic individuals decreased, or both. The abundance of planktonic<br />

individuals per unit weight of sediment has been estimated by Zachariasse<br />

(1978), who concluded that only the most outspoken maximum and minimum<br />

values in the production of planktonic foraminifera, diatoms and<br />

radiolarians occured simultaneously. Smaller variations in production cannot<br />

be correlated with each other or with the different lithology types.<br />

The recorded variation in B/P ratios may therefore be related to variations<br />

in production of planktonic foraminifera, e.g. higher production in the<br />

laminated intervals with correspondingly low B/P ratios (samples 75, 78, 83,<br />

86, 87, 89, 94 and 95, fig. 14) and lower production in between these<br />

laminated intervals corresponding to high B/P ratios (samples 80, 85, 88 and<br />

93, fig. 14). On the other hand, the highest B/P ratios are attained in the<br />

most clayey intervals (samples 88 and 93), which suggests that bottom-life<br />

improved as a consequence of increased supply and deposition of terrigenous<br />

fines.<br />

Details of the eight meter "Accuracy" section<br />

The incorporation of the 60 to 125 J1 fraction in our counts (cf. Brolsma,<br />

1978) shows us that the benthonic faunas in the laminated units are less<br />

poor than previously assumed. It appears that the fauna tended to become<br />

dwarfed during these periods. The ecological stress at the bottom was<br />

probably brought about by oxygen deficiency. Riedel and Sanfilippo (1978)<br />

investigated the radiolarian assemblages from various levels throughout this<br />

part of the section. The results of their quantitative study suggest that<br />

several samples (CRP 22-29 and 36) from the third to fifth laminated interval<br />

had been deposited under slightly cooler-water conditions than samples<br />

CRP 14, 30, 31 and 37. Diatom and silicoflagellate assemblages studied by<br />

Schrader and Gersonde (1978) from the same samples give similar indications.<br />

The laminated units 3 to 5, documented by samples CRP 22,27,29,<br />

29A, 36 and 37, are thought to represent intervals during which the primary<br />

production in the surface water increased. The surface water temperature,<br />

interpreted from the silicoflagellate assemblages, would be lower within<br />

this group of units, and higher in the lower and upper part of this interval.<br />

All these observations may be caused by strong upwelling and a rather<br />

unstable stratification in the upper part of the water column due to turbulence.<br />

This unstable upper water mass was probably separated from<br />

a more stable water mass below.<br />

According to Calvert (1966) there is sufficient silica available in normal<br />

seawater, notwithstanding the low absolute concentration, to account for


the accumulation of silica-rich sediments, if there is a mechanism which<br />

continuously supplies dissolved nutrients to the euphotic zone. Recourse to<br />

volcanic sources for the silica is not necessary. An intermittent supply of<br />

nutrients to the surface waters to enlarge the biomass production may just<br />

as well have resulted from fluctuations in river-discharge.<br />

Increased floral and faunal productivity in the upper water masses will<br />

have caused increased biogenic sedimentation rates, which, inturn, will reduce<br />

the number of bottom-dwellers in the counts to insignificance. Furthermore,<br />

rapid deposition of great quantities of organic material might create<br />

an oxygen deficiency at or below the sediment/water interface, thus further<br />

obstructing bottom-life either at or below this interface. Oxygen depletion<br />

of the bottom waters or topmost sediments will have followed only if the<br />

water stratification remained unchanged. If a thermocline was present in<br />

such a stratified watercolumn this would lead to the assumption of cooler<br />

bottom water at Capo Rossello. This assumption receives support from the<br />

presence, in appreciable numbers, of small specimens of Epistominella<br />

exigua. This species prefers cooler waters, whether deep or shallow (Anderson,<br />

1963; Anderson, 1975) and is reported in association with diatoms in<br />

the Bering Sea (op. cit., 1963).<br />

The sedimentary processes outlined above would explain the preservation<br />

of the fine-bedding.<br />

Species diversity<br />

The Fisher ex-indexfor the benthonics is highly variable and shows fluctuations<br />

between close to zero and 25 (fig. 14). The six laminated intervals all<br />

show a distinct drop in diversity, more pronounced in some intervals than in<br />

others. The irregularly fluctuating pattern of ex-valuesfollows the numbers of<br />

benthonic species per sample fairly well, but it does not seem to correspond<br />

to the oscillation pattern of the numbers of specimens per 200 planktonic<br />

individuals. The ex-index shows higher values in the clays of samples 107<br />

B-F and lower values in the under- and overlying, indurated limestone beds<br />

(samples 107 A and G, fig. 11). Similar highly diverse assemblages appear in<br />

the middle and upper parts of the Trubi in section 3 and at Punta Piccola.<br />

Sample PP 3 even reaches a maximum of 32-33. The simple diversity<br />

values shown in fig. 18, based on the total fraction counts, show an indistinct<br />

increase across the entire interval with laminated sediments.<br />

The considerable fluctuations in ex-valuesare not so clearly linked with<br />

the lithological units. In the lower part of the section up to the first laminated<br />

interval, the staggering increase may be the result of ameliorating or


stabilizing bottom conditions. The maximum diversity in samples 1393 and<br />

1395 is probably caused by the addition of allochthonous faunal elements<br />

to the indigenous fauna. The relatively greater, though variable proportion of<br />

badly preserved specimens throughout this lower part of the section indicates<br />

that the source of supply of reworked material had not yet been·<br />

drowned. The source area probably receded rapidly, to vanish completely<br />

after a relatively short duration of Trubi sedimentation.<br />

Benthonic life evidently suffered during the periods of laminated deposition<br />

and silica-enrichment, not only in number of species and in diversity<br />

but also in size of the individuals. Within the upper parts of the second,<br />

third and fifth laminated intervals the species diversity seems to increase<br />

again, somehow anticipating the improved environments, while sedimentation<br />

of laminated sediments still continued. These changes must pertain to<br />

bottom-bound processes which are thought to have been influenced by<br />

primary changes in the overlying water column. As soon as the supply of<br />

nutrients in the surface waters falls off a gradual decrease of the organic<br />

sedimentation rate will take place, resulting from the decreasing supply<br />

of planktonic elements to the bottom. The lower rate of deposition will in<br />

turn result in consumption of less oxygen at the bottom owing to the smaller<br />

amount of decomposing organic material. Benthonic life will become<br />

re-established and diversity will tend to increase before silica-enrichment<br />

comes to a complete stop.<br />

An opposite effect may explain the drops in diversity below the laminated<br />

intervals 1 and 3. As soon as nutrients increase in the surface waters<br />

the phytoplankton production will tend to increase, but it may take some<br />

time before it leads to (near-)oxygen depletion at the bottom.<br />

Silica enrichments shown by high quantities of diatoms and radiolarians<br />

are not completely correlated with poor bottom conditions resulting in<br />

laminated sediments. Some of the laminated intervals contain but few<br />

siliceous organisms, whereas for instance in the homogenized limestone<br />

intercalation between intervals 3 and 4 radiolarians and diatoms abound.<br />

Apparently burrowing organisms were able to homogenize this thin interval,<br />

indicating that bottom conditions were not too poor. If increased planktonic<br />

life caused low oxygen contents of the bottom water, we may conclude that<br />

blooms did not always effect non-calcareous, calcareous and siliceous planktonic<br />

groups simultaneously in the same relative proportions. Inversely,<br />

increase of planktonic life did not always lead to seriously deteriorating<br />

bottom conditions.<br />

The highly diverse communities that seem to have lived during deposition<br />

of the upper part of the section at the level of samples 107 A-G appar-


1 1 i z 1<br />

1 11<br />

3 1 i ~<br />

.<br />

2 •• 7! 1 !<br />

7 1 8 17 i 6 23 1<br />

2 3 7 2 23 1<br />

-.;-7-6-· ii-51<br />

1 2 1<br />

i<br />

, ! • i<br />

9 2 12 1614! 11 3<br />

14 I' 10 9 2 i" 2<br />

9 5 5 i 6 1<br />

5 2114<br />

, •• 4<br />

3 2". 5<br />

6 ! 2 ! 8 i 4 I 5<br />

10 3 4 7 i 10<br />

3 2 i 6<br />

2 i 2 39<br />

2 4 135<br />

9'<br />

92 1<br />

_._-<br />

91<br />

4 7 47<br />

I Ij 50<br />

, I ,<br />

.1 •<br />

!<br />

2 I , , I<br />

I~n<br />

1 6 7 4 , , 2B I 5<br />

2 6<br />

, 11<br />

i<br />

2 ; 4 ! 1 i" 1<br />

17 I 2<br />

'! I i<br />

i 1<br />

1<br />

! '<br />

!<br />

24 6 1 4<br />

I,,! 4. ! ! 9<br />

i I j<br />

1 _<br />

I<br />

i I i<br />

i 1 7 14 i 2<br />

·'1<br />

1<br />

i 1 i<br />

. i<br />

i<br />

~5 -=-1 .. _<br />

1404 1 I 14<br />

i I 2 I 11<br />

; 2 I 5 2 4<br />

1 54! 3<br />

4,6 '14<br />

i<br />

71 3 I<br />

!400 2 3<br />

1ml ! ,-'~ 3 '[<br />

I--t-+::-~<br />

70 12 ~_<br />

1 12 i 17 10<br />

f I 1 i 11 7<br />

j, __-1-3" 4! 1<br />

i" i s 1 1<br />

! 5 i 2<br />

I , I<br />

I I 6<br />

3 5<br />

13 I 6 120 1<br />

17 5 127<br />

4 7~6<br />

10; 9 i 14 1<br />

1<br />

i 10 18 3" 22 I 8 20 i I 1<br />

;91311 6 13 5,'1<br />

I 8 4 5 5 15> I 1:3' : 1 I<br />

69 I Ii! 21. 11 3 4 5 I ; 4 i 7 '! " 10 6 I<br />

6811; ,45 83 2.!3IjOS~317951<br />

67 '3 2. ~72 ,.2 1, :2'- ----r-;-'~7T1o ; 11 6 I 4 11 4<br />

66 4 1 i 15 i 5> 'I' 6<br />

11 .2<br />

,12 I 7<br />

2 1<br />

I 1 21 3~-9; 6-- .4+12 ~ " 10 2<br />

~!--"5-- t-i I 3 I I I 18 '2 6 4 '2 1 J_ . s 11 7: 6 I 10 10 j : 2<br />

1,97 !66: 29 Zl72i6 125 Z 2 j 32 :f<br />

I 2 2 I 56 35 1 8 ~ 32, 7 i 2 : 3<br />

1395 1 3 1 I 2 I ~~ 9 3 3" i<br />

1594 I 1 I 3 I 4 69 --129: 3' 110 1-7-- 4- & 1<br />

i31~24 1513<br />

1393 2 2 5 , 2 2 i 44 3 1 4 j 3 i 43 i ' I.' i 10 2 !<br />

I i I<br />

I


i<br />

i<br />

"<br />

J~<br />

u<br />

!<br />

" ~ , ~ II~ , ~ "<br />

If<br />

C<br />

~ ~ 1 , ~ , ,<br />

B ~ " ~<br />

~ E<br />

." "<br />

.~<br />

~ ~ t ~ ~ ."<br />

u u<br />

~<br />

, , ,<br />

~ ~ " f ,<br />

'tI .~ ~ ~<br />

. ,<br />

L!<br />

~ ~i ~ I] " ~ I...~ I...~<br />

~ ,'" ~ I ~ ~ ~ " ~<br />

~ "- .~ . .<br />

~-~<br />

1 ~ " " ~<br />

iIi<br />

~ .~ ..Q1) n\J<br />

~ " 1 ,<br />

'"<br />

'" ,- ,-<br />

, ~~<br />

-<br />

,<br />

:'Ii , ~ ~ ] i~ ~ I~ , ,~ ,~<br />

~ " ~<br />

I ~<br />

~ ~ ." ~ C C c,<br />

.<br />

_c<br />

G ~ ~" 2833<br />

'" '" ~ 11 ~<br />

~ t ~<br />

.!:> : B<br />

1:'1:<br />

~A<br />

~ , ~ " 1<br />

I~ ~<br />

~i~ G ~ ~ ~ ~ !~ ~ ~'O<br />

,~<br />

~ ~'t<br />

"<br />

~ " "<br />

e'<br />

" "<br />

6 I I<br />

I I I<br />

! '2 2 3 17 39 12 I 107<br />

1 , 1 I , ! 12 !<br />

i<br />

2 2 19 36 16 I 106<br />

"<br />

14 2 10&<br />

18 5 3 104<br />

2 2 9<br />

I 7 3 I 1 ,<br />

: 1 4 2 2 22<br />

I<br />

,<br />

i I'<br />

I<br />

I ! 24<br />

i 2<br />

5<br />

, I 4 I 15 I<br />

,<br />

I 214 5<br />

15 2 71 i 2<br />

, I i 10 9 1 4 2 2 I , ,<br />

8<br />

'0<br />

"<br />

30<br />

2009-10 3 103<br />

200 g-10 I 102<br />

1 101 9 ,<br />

712 I<br />

I 2 , 5 I I 3 2 2 5<br />

, : I 9 30 200 9-10 I 101<br />

" " 9 I 100 6<br />

~-.--_ ..<br />

1 1 I 2<br />

I 51 4 I I<br />

, 5 6 2 9 1<br />

B<br />

I I'<br />

5 I<br />

, 4 I 3 5 38 20012-14 4<br />

"<br />

±tlli-<br />

4 I 19 2 , I 6 2<br />

,<br />

B 32 20010-12 5 98<br />

-~- " I<br />

.-<br />

I 2 I 2 2 15 3<br />

,<br />

1 10 3<br />

3 2 B 7 35 200112 5 97<br />

I<br />

~ i 10 i 8 ,4 4 1 ' 2 4 7 5 6 I 1 6<br />

"<br />

6 I<br />

33 ZOO 10-12 4 96<br />

I 2 1 I , I 4 11 18 10 95<br />

I 5<br />

, 2 I 1 5 7 94<br />

I<br />

I'<br />

14· -~,. ,<br />

I<br />

, "<br />

2 I 1 I 24 2 6 8<br />

--,"<br />

6 1 I 4 14 31 200 10 22 93<br />

II 3 6 3 4<br />

I I B I 2 8 28 200 '-9 I 92<br />

I 2 : 4 1 11 2 2 1 3 ! I I 1 i 2 I jO<br />

I 7 29 200 9 91<br />

-j---f-<br />

!<br />

2l<br />

I 2 II /0<br />

,<br />

I 1 I I 1 ,15.3 5 I I 1 I ' 6 3 4 37 200 12-1 3 90<br />

1 1 3<br />

,<br />

I I I " 3<br />

"<br />

21 10 89 4<br />

3 I ! 4 2 , 9 "I 1 1 16 3 5 17 29 200 9 88<br />

10<br />

I<br />

,<br />

1 2 114 , I<br />

I I<br />

I<br />

! 8 14 B7<br />

I 1 1 B6<br />

I 2 10 4 1 , 2 2 7 4 3 4 1 2 6 27 200 8 15 85<br />

- ~~<br />

4 1 5 ,<br />

, 2 ! 3 2<br />

I<br />

I 1 20 2 2 2 2 7 32 ZOO 10-12 2 '4<br />

I I<br />

1 I<br />

I<br />

I 2 1 2 I 1<br />

"<br />

19 /0<br />

"<br />

, I<br />

7 1 I 1 2 8 I 82<br />

3 I 22 4<br />

4 '<br />

2 2 2 1 4- 14 , 6 1 1 2 , 17 36 20012-14 1 81<br />

1 1 14 4 1 8 I 2 , " 3 2 3 9 21'; 200 7-8 11 80<br />

----<br />

"<br />

6 , 2 2 2 1 1<br />

16<br />

:<br />

79 1 , 10<br />

"<br />

200<br />

,<br />

!<br />

6 3 79<br />

I<br />

, 3, !<br />

I 1 3 6 78<br />

I<br />

I 33' , 2 54 0-1 3 77<br />

,<br />

I 1 2 2 I 7.<br />

I<br />

I 14 1 , I 4 20 1-2 75<br />

, ,<br />

1 ! 7 !<br />

8 17 74<br />

"<br />

3<br />

2<br />

.-<br />

- I<br />

I 5 ,<br />

1 , 2 I 3 f1 3 5 , 4<br />

, 28 2018-9 5 73<br />

"<br />

I 20 I 3 1 2<br />

,<br />

2 6 6 42 21614-16<br />

: 14'"<br />

18 2 I 3 I 2<br />

"<br />

3 4 36 19912-14 Z<br />

1<br />

''''''<br />

3 I I 4 13 ,3 199 10-1'2 1<br />

""<br />

17 2 1 3 I 1 4 7<br />

, 4 37 20:212-14 140Z<br />

I 2<br />

,<br />

=h.<br />

I 2 1 19 54 10 1 7Q<br />

"<br />

1 4 Q1 I I 3 130 8-9 71<br />

I<br />

_.<br />

I 18: I<br />

3 12 26 208 7~S I 1400<br />

I<br />

: 12 ,. , 1 1 9<br />

, 31 I 5<br />

• "<br />

,<br />

47<br />

"<br />

2<br />

2" 10 3 1399<br />

I f1 2 I 4 14 I ! z 7 30 20:29-10 8 70<br />

17 f1 1 1 1 3 I ,<br />

53<br />

, 12<br />

i<br />

4<br />

, 27 '01 B I 69<br />

8 1 1 2 I 48 , 14 3 6 za 200 B-3 3 68<br />

13 4 2 , 13 8<br />

i<br />

40 6 2 4 3.<br />

,<br />

2 ZZ<br />

'8 5 1 3 ' 7 1 , 14 1<br />

,<br />

2 4 25 206 7-8 I 67<br />

4 Z9 '03 9 I 66<br />

" I 1 1<br />

, 7 33 20310-1£<br />

, 65<br />

3! 2 1 2 9 I 9 9<br />

!<br />

"<br />

:201<br />

7-8<br />

, 1397<br />

1 1<br />

, I I<br />

, 2<br />

, 20 :20:2 ,-6 1,96<br />

1 I I I 6<br />

,<br />

,<br />

1 I<br />

32 /00 f6 !39!i<br />

, "<br />

I 14 2 25 :202 7-e 2 1394<br />

,<br />

,<br />

1 B 40 3 64<br />

I I ! ' ! !<br />

18 3 36 20612-\4<br />

,<br />

I I I I I I I i I 13'93


ently favoured clayey substrates but were incapable of pushing the B/P<br />

ratios to notably higher values. The increased species diversity in the middle<br />

(CR 42-45) but especially in the upper part of the Trubi (PP 1-7), indicate<br />

favourable bottom environments. The latter seem to be brought about by<br />

an increased supply of terrigenous fines, possibly a consequence of an<br />

encroaching hinterland. The presence of small specimens of Chama in sample<br />

PP 3 may support the latter hypothesis.<br />

Distribution<br />

of species<br />

In the lower 6 to 7 m of vaguely bedded, compact limestones of section 3<br />

Dentalina filiformis, Epistominella exigua, Globocassidulina subglobosa,<br />

Gyroidina soldanii, G. umbonata, Oridorsalis stellatus, o. umbonatus and<br />

Valvulineria glabra are, in various combinations, the most frequent faunal<br />

constituents (samples 1393 to 1397). The frequency distribution of most of<br />

the benthonic foraminifera throughout section 3 is shown in the chart of fig.<br />

16. The chart of fig. 17 shows that dominance rapidly shifts from one species<br />

combination to another. G. subglobosa, G. umbonata and o. stellatus<br />

recur with high frequencies in the overlying assemblages, whereas notable<br />

quantities of the others are more or less restricted to this lowermost interval.<br />

Some of them played an important role already in the transitional interval<br />

with the underlying Arenazzolo (Brolsma, 197 5b). The large numbers for<br />

D. filiformis result in part from fairly numerous broken specimens, the<br />

fragments of which have been counted as complete individuals. D. filiformis,<br />

E. exigua, G. soldanii and o. umbonatus are dominant elements in the<br />

lower part of the Trubi at Capo Rossello, as well as in the Trubi type intercalation<br />

in the topmost Arenazzolo at Eraclea Minoa (cf. figs. 5 and 16).<br />

Eggerella bradyi, Karreriella bradyi, Uvigerina peregrina, U. pygmea,<br />

Cibicides bradyi and Oolina hexagona are additional common elements<br />

with fluctuating relative weight in the overlying 10 m of alternating marly<br />

and indurated limestones (samples 65 to 1400). The latter two species<br />

continue to be present in equally high numbers in the following samples.<br />

Florilus grateloupi, Hanzawaia boueana, Uvigerina peregrina and U. pygmea<br />

form dominant faunal elements(> 5%) in this interval only. Siphonina<br />

bradyana starts to increase in numbers in sample 1399. Globocassidulina<br />

subglobosa disappears as a common element but returns in smaller proportions<br />

in the middle and upper parts of section 3.<br />

The following 10m of more thick bedded limestones show a strong increase<br />

of S. bradyana and Pullenia species. Also Lagena and Fissurina as a group<br />

become more numerous in this interval.


"<br />

"<br />

~<br />

1<br />

~ .~<br />

~<br />

"<br />

" · ~ .2> ~ · I ~ • . t<br />

.~ a ~ ,<br />

.~<br />

• ~ .~ ~<br />

l ,<br />

.< .~ < .~ ."j<br />

.~ .~ "<br />

· ,<br />

~ ~ • ·<br />

~ ~ . , § , <<br />

~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ,..<br />

'"<br />

~ ~<br />

" ~<br />

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~<br />

~ , .' .~ fl<br />

, ,<br />

.~<br />

~ , , ~<br />

" ~ • ~ "<br />

" 1 t ~'t " 1 , ~ "- • ~ .~<br />

~ ~ , ~<br />

.~<br />

< < ~ " , , t ~<br />

" ~ , ~ .~ ~ ~<br />

"-<br />

t ~ 'l<br />

"<br />

l"<br />

.~ · ~ · ~ .~ ,<br />

~ . , • . .<br />

.~ t <<br />

'e ~ " " , .~<br />

~<br />

~ "- ~~<br />

-<br />

.< ~ <<br />

~ " < " .~ g ~ .' · .~ ~ .~ ~ , "<br />

:§<br />

" "<br />

~ , . ~ , ,<br />

,<br />

~ ~<br />

~ ~ ~ " " .Q ~ · . , ~ ~ .~ < ,<br />

. ~<br />

~ ~ · -'<br />

" • < ,<br />

.~ "<br />

~ ~ '"<br />

~ ~ < fl<br />

.::; .t ~ " ~ .~ ~ .'<br />

,.. , ~ ~ ~ ~ .~ ;! ~ ~ .~ ~ ~ ~ .::; ~ ~ \J<br />

~ ~<br />

~ .~ ~<br />

0- <<br />

~ " ~ .~ ~ ·<br />

< .~<br />

\J<br />

'" '" "- ~ ~ \J<br />

'"<br />

107 3.<br />

106<br />

••<br />

'" . • "<br />

104<br />

i<br />

· "<br />

103 23<br />

I u ,,. 'o4 15 200<br />

".<br />

10 12 !<br />

34 '00<br />

"" "<br />

" " ••<br />

101<br />

'0 I 43<br />

10 '00<br />

" •• "<br />

•<br />

· · 100 !<br />

"<br />

••<br />

'0<br />

".<br />

I 2' 21<br />

"<br />

•• '00<br />

'o4<br />

10 H<br />

I<br />

200<br />

"<br />

" .,<br />

'7 23<br />

10 '0 10 39<br />

200<br />

"<br />

"<br />

, 10 '00<br />

" " "<br />

9'<br />

, "<br />

••<br />

7<br />

.3<br />

'2<br />

91<br />

" "<br />

"<br />

"<br />

12 3' 'o4 U '00<br />

If If 10<br />

•• '6 "<br />

10 12 .,. If '0<br />

"<br />

"<br />

'00<br />

10 '00<br />

90 If If '0 12<br />

'0 200<br />

•<br />

89 21<br />

88<br />

" " " If " 10 '00<br />

"<br />

. 87 'o4<br />

• 8' 1<br />

2<br />

•• •• ,. 10<br />

84 21 17<br />

'2 13 '0 '00<br />

"<br />

" "<br />

·<br />

82 13<br />

81<br />

13 22 26<br />

14 '00<br />

"<br />

"<br />

80 20<br />

14<br />

30 '4 z; '00<br />

"<br />

"<br />

7. 14 13 16 179 200<br />

".<br />

·<br />

78<br />

•<br />

77 33<br />

".<br />

1<br />

76<br />

,<br />

,..<br />

·<br />

'o4 20<br />

74<br />

".<br />

73<br />

12 4. 27 201<br />

140!::o<br />

"'"<br />

1403<br />

" " "<br />

" 13 .,<br />

20<br />

If '4 If 11<br />

".<br />

1402 If 27<br />

72 .<br />

12<br />

"<br />

" "<br />

"<br />

.. 40<br />

"<br />

13 4, 10 '9<br />

'00<br />

If .16<br />

20 If<br />

"<br />

'"<br />

.<br />

37 z<br />

201<br />

"<br />

,02<br />

31 100<br />

''''<br />

,-<br />

10<br />

•• ,.4'<br />

""<br />

64 24 40<br />

,...<br />

" •• •• 21 ..<br />

9'93'# 43<br />

"<br />

'0 '06<br />

Distribution chart of the dominating benthonic species in exposure 3 at Capo Rossello.<br />

Black dots indicate dominance in meagre assemblages.<br />

199


The next higher part of the section with six laminated units shows impoverishment<br />

of the faunas, especially in the laminated sediments. The<br />

finely bedded and silica-enriched beds (samples 73-100) frequently contain<br />

little more than O. hexagona in dominating quantities. In homogeneous<br />

beds in this interval Nodosaria vertebralis var. albatrossi appears twice as a<br />

very frequent faunal element (samples 79 and 88). Anomalina helicina,<br />

Cibicides pseudoungerianus, Dentalina subsoluta, Nodosaria longiscata,<br />

Planulina ariminensis, Siphotextularia concava and Uvigerina proboscidea<br />

form additional elements which may be common in one or a few of the<br />

samples from the limestone interbeds. Chama-remains have been encountered<br />

in sample 94 (pers. comm. R. Daams).<br />

A more detailed picture of the fauna in this part of section 3 is obtained<br />

from the sample suite of the Accuracy project (Brolsma, 1978). These more<br />

detailed distributional data are based on countings of the total size range<br />

(including the 60-125 Il fraction), with a maximum of 100 counted specimens<br />

per sample, even in the laminated interbeds. In fig. 18, the distribution<br />

of the most conspicuous elements is reproduced graphically. On the<br />

right hand side two columns have been added for the numbers of species<br />

and the B/P ratios. The numbers of species appear to have increased because<br />

the smaller sieve-fraction is included, especially in the case of the laminated<br />

interbeds. O. hexagona is predominant in all these interbeds, especially in<br />

the lower two. Fluctuations do occur within such interbeds if more than two<br />

samples are available (e.g. samples CRP 8A-14). Nuttallides rugosus var.<br />

convexus, Epistominella exigua, Bulimina elongata, Bolivina antiqua and<br />

B. advena have not been recorded in the other countings due to their smaller<br />

dimensions. Moreover, they are mostly absent or very rare in the 60-125 Il<br />

fractions of the lower Trubi samples of which only the coarser fraction<br />

(125-600 Il) was counted. These forms constitute a fair part of the assemblages.<br />

As a consequence of the dominance of o. hexagona in the laminated<br />

interbeds the numbers of most other species appear after calculation to be<br />

negatively correlated with those of this species. Taxa that show positive<br />

correlation with O. hexagona such as B. advena in the third, fifth and sixth<br />

intervals are therefore more reliable for paleoecological conclusions.<br />

The assemblages from the next higher part of the section (samples 101-<br />

103) are comparable to those from immediately below and between the<br />

laminated intervals. In the uppermost 4 samples (104-107), however, the<br />

number of benthonic specimens is low once more.<br />

The faunal composition in samples 107 A-G does not differ significantly<br />

from that of the underlying and overlying levels 106 and 107 (fig. 11).


Siphonina bradyana and Pullenia are the most frequent elements. Cibicides<br />

bradyi is abundant in sample 107 E and Hanzawaia boueana peaks in sample<br />

107 D. In this latter sample small pelecypod (amongst which Chama) and<br />

gastropod remains have been observed.<br />

In samples CR 42-45 from the middle part of the Trubi in section 4, S.<br />

bradyana and Pullenia species are again the most common faunal constituents<br />

(fig. 15).<br />

Fig. 18 Graphical representation of the vertical distribution of some selected taxa in the size fraction<br />

larger than 63 }J., in an 8 meter thick interval of the Trubi (exposure 3) at Capo Rossel-<br />

10. In the right hand column the number of species (A), and the number ofbenthonics (B)<br />

per 200 counted planktonic individuals are shown. The latter values are based on countings<br />

in the size fraction larger than 125}J..


Cibicides pseudoungerianus appears as a frequent element in the uppermost<br />

part of the Trubi at Punta Piccola (PP 1-7), together with Planulina<br />

ariminensis in somewhat smaller quantities (fig. 39). S. bradyana remains a<br />

common species. The Fissurina/Lagena and Pullenia groups, Hanzawaia<br />

boueana, Cibicides lobatulus and Uvigerina peregrina frequently occur in<br />

appreciable numbers. In PP 3 small, juvenile, well-preserved Chama valves<br />

have been recorded.<br />

For section 3 the percentage distribution of all arenaceous forms combined<br />

has been plotted in fig. 19 to check whether any vertical trend or correlation<br />

exists with either the indurated/non-indurated limestone successions or<br />

with the laminated/non-laminated sequences. High percentage peaks (19<br />

and 24%) occur in the lower part of the Trubi (samples 66 and 72). No other<br />

fluctuations appear to be systematic or significant. The percentages for the<br />

laminated intervals are based on 50 or less specimens per sample; because<br />

of the low reliability of the individual percentage values they have not been<br />

included in the figure. The total percentage of arenaceous forms in all<br />

samples from the laminated deposits combined (fig. 48) is slightly lower<br />

(7.26%) than in the accompanying non-laminated sediments (9.23%).<br />

The continuous presence of benthonic and planktonic foraminifera in<br />

all samples from the Trubi, but especially in its lower part, is not in agreement<br />

with the earlier observations on the same locality by Cita (1973).<br />

According to Cita, the lowermost 210 cm at Capo Rossello (comparable<br />

to, our samples 1393, 64 and 1394) above the unconformable Miocene-<br />

Pliocene boundary are devoid of benthonic foraminifera, whereas samples<br />

higher in the sequence contained only two or three benthonic taxa per<br />

sample. Because our data are different Cita's environmental conclusions<br />

based on the absence of benthonic life at the base of the Trubi limestone<br />

cannot be supported. The suggested great depth of deposition of the Trubi<br />

limestone, in excess of 1000 m, probably of some thousands of meters,<br />

based on the scarcity of taxa per sample is due for reconsideration.<br />

In the lower part of the Trubi muddy-substrate preferring elements successively<br />

replaced the typical Bolivina/Bulimina associations of the Arenazzolo<br />

and the transitional clays and marls. Apparently the newly introduced<br />

mud-feeders were more successful in these biogenic oozes than the Bolivina/<br />

Bulimina group of species. The composition of the successive assemblages in<br />

this lower part of the Trubi is rather variable, which seems to indicate unstable<br />

and repeatedly changing environments. Conditions at the bottom had<br />

not yet stabilized (cf. Brolsma, 197 5b). The larger number of cibicides<br />

specimens in 1395 may be due to reworking, since in this sample worn<br />

specimens are frequent as well.


"0 l/l ~.!?<br />

~c w<br />

...J<br />

c><br />

c_ o.<br />

._~<br />

E~ 2<br />

Cc


In the next higher interval the alternation of marly and indurated limestone<br />

beds (samples 65-70) is not reflected in corresponding alternations of<br />

two different associations. None of the species shows a rhythmic distribution<br />

pattern that would correspond to the alternating lithology types.<br />

The appearance of Florilus grateloupi in this interval and its occasional<br />

presence in fairly high numbers in some of the higher samples are remarkable,<br />

since this species is thought to be characteristic for depths shallower<br />

than 100 m (Phleger, 1951, and Radford, 1976). It either lived in deeper<br />

habitats than those known from the Recent or it has been transported<br />

downslope, for which no indications are available. However, its presence<br />

might also indicate that the depth of deposition was not far below 100 m.<br />

Hanzawaia boueana is another shallow water species mostly recorded<br />

in small numbers only. Van Voorthuysen (1973) mentioned up to 10% along<br />

the Spanish Atlantic coast between 12 to 85 m waterdepth. H. boueana<br />

might indicate a shallow depth of deposition for this part of the Trubi, but<br />

might just as easily have arrived at the place of burial, adhering to subaquatic<br />

vegetation because of its supposed epiphytic mode of life.<br />

Uvigerina peregrina is most numerous in this part of the sequence, which<br />

may be the consequence of an increased supply of clay for which this species<br />

seems to have a strong preference (Drooger and Kaasschieter, 1958).<br />

The presence of Cibicides bradyi, frequent in some of the assemblages,<br />

is mentioned since this species has been relied on as an indicator of greater<br />

depths (Wright, 1977). Its present-day bathymetrical distribution ranges<br />

from 75 to 4000 m (d. fig. 25). Frequency distributions are recorded only<br />

by Frerichs (1970) and pflum and Frerichs (1976). The former author found<br />

this species in the Andaman Sea in percentages never exceeding 7%. At<br />

300 to 400 m it reaches up to 6% of the assemblages. In the Gulf of Mexico<br />

the latter authors recorded the preferential depths for this species to be<br />

between 1812 and 3254 m (up to 19%). It seems questionable whether this<br />

species is indicative of greater depths.<br />

The peak occurrences of Golina hexagona (samples 68 and 69 and in the<br />

laminated intervals) cannot be explained from the literature data. This<br />

species does not prefer any particular depth and it is always rare in recent<br />

distributions.<br />

The scarcity of Globocassidulina subglobosa in the next higher 10 m of<br />

more thickly bedded limestone has not been explained so far. This very<br />

tolerant species seems to become replaced by taxa such as Siphonina bradyana<br />

and the Pullenia group. After the introduction of considerable quantities<br />

of the latter two groups, the faunal composition shows less drastic changes<br />

towards the top of the section 3, at least as far as the more homogeneous


sediments are concerned. Stabilization of the bottom environment from the<br />

levels of 71 and 72 onwards may be concluded.<br />

This period of more stable bottom conditions was repeatedly interrupted<br />

by periods of obviously aberrant bottom environments which roughly<br />

correspond to the laminated units. Most of the species seem to have suffered.<br />

The endurance of O. hexagona in these periods is remarkable. The tests of its<br />

representatives may be flattened - the cause is unknown. The high frequencies<br />

of o. hexagona cause the other species in the counts to be reduced to<br />

insignificant numbers. Investigation of the small sized individuals (Brolsma,<br />

1978, U.M.B. 17) has shown that many of these species remain present, but<br />

the adverse conditions evidently had a dwarfing effect. This effect is even<br />

perceptible in O. hexagona.<br />

In between the laminated units two peaks in abundance of Nodosaria vertebralis<br />

var. albatrossi are noteworthy. This species is most characteristic for<br />

depths between 106 and 128 m off Southern Brazil (Pareira, 1969) but it is<br />

also frequent to abundant between 125 and 756 m in the Gulf of Mexico<br />

(Cushman, 1918). The presence of this species in such numbers may indicate<br />

that the depth of deposition did not exceed 800 to 1000 m.<br />

The fair numbers of Nuttallides rugosus var. convexus in the smaller sized<br />

fraction may indicate depths in excess of 540 m, possibly between 600 and<br />

700 m at which its optimum abundance of 13% was recorded in the Eastern<br />

Mediterranean (Parker, 1958).<br />

The latter two taxa possibly delimit the paleobathymetric range of this<br />

part of the section to 600 to 800 m (cf. figs. 25-26). The reappearance of<br />

the Bolivina/Bulimina group in the smaller sized fraction also seems to<br />

indicate a change in environmental conditions. The representatives of this<br />

group are found especially on clayey mud substrates of not too great depths;<br />

they seem to prefer habitats shallower than 300 m. Their small size may<br />

indicate environmental stress possibly caused by a habitat too deep for their<br />

liking or by other unfavourable conditions.<br />

In the next higher interval conditions seem to return to normal, i.e. just<br />

as they do below this laminated/non-laminated part of the section. The<br />

clayey intercalation at 2 m below the top of section 3 is of special interest.<br />

The increased supply of terrigenous fines possibly carried in suspension the<br />

fragile and small specimens of Hanzawaia boueana to the site of deposition<br />

together with the small mollusc remains found in sample 107 D.<br />

The vaguely bedded, intensely burrowed compact limestones from the<br />

lowermost, middle and upper parts of the section all have meagre benthonic<br />

assemblages. The samples (64, 1395, 71, 72 and 104-107) have very low<br />

B/P ratios which possibly proves that the plankton production was very


high. It remains equally possible that benthonic life did suffer during deposition<br />

of these homogenized limestones since the a-index of some of these<br />

assemblages is very low (samples 64 and 104). Both processes may be valid;<br />

acting off and on, they would give rise to similar results.<br />

The percentage curve plotted in fig. 19 for the combined arenaceous<br />

forms gives no additional information. The peak in sample 72 is possibly<br />

a consequence of the small total number of specimens. These forms are rare<br />

in the laminated intervals, and also in the smaller sized fraction. Apparently<br />

they could not endure the extreme conditions. These extreme conditions<br />

evidently had nothing to do with lower PH values near the bottom, which<br />

is thought to be the major factor that favours arenaceous forms in marshes<br />

and in the deep sea below CCD level.<br />

The faunal composition of samples 42-45 from the middle part of the<br />

Trubi in section 4 warrants a paleoenvironmental interpretation similar to<br />

that proposed for the marly and indurated limestone units in the upper<br />

parts of section 3. The presence of Siphonina brady ana, Pullenia species<br />

and the Lagena/Fissurina group was considered indicative of stabilization<br />

of the bottom environment already from the thickbedded interval of samples<br />

1400 to 73. The favourable environment was maintained at the seafloor<br />

to which terrigenous fines were periodically supplied, possibly carrying the<br />

Hanzawaia boueana specimens to the site of deposition and favouring Bolivina<br />

dilatata on occasional shortlived clayey substrates.<br />

Siphonina bradyana, Pullenia species and the Lagena/Fissurina group<br />

remain frequent elements in the homogenized, thick-bedded upper part of<br />

the Trubi at Punta Piccola, most likely indicating continuation of the stable<br />

environment. Together with the increase in terrigenous fines new elements<br />

are added to the faunas. These elements, Cibicides pseudoungerianus, c.<br />

lobatulus, H. boueana and Planulina ariminensis, are by no means typical<br />

for deep waters. Both Cibicides species are known to be attached to plants<br />

or substrate during life, a similar behaviour is suspected for H. boueana.<br />

However, all four taxa are frequent in clayey environments as well. The<br />

return of Uvigerina peregrina, observed in this uppermost Trubi interval,<br />

may be caused by the augmented supply of terrigenous fines.<br />

Species diversity<br />

The number of planktonic<br />

species per sample in section 3 varies between


10 and 16 per 300 counted individuals. In the lower part of the section these<br />

numbers are relatively high and irregularly fluctuating. In the upper part of<br />

the column there is a more regular fluctuation pattern (fig. 14). Fluctuations<br />

are slight across the finely bedded, middle part of the section with its<br />

six, sometimes silica-rich intervals, which pattern is in sharp contrast with the<br />

curve plotted for the benthonic forms.<br />

The slight variation of the planktonic species diversity leads to the assumption<br />

of fairly stable watermasses throughout. Only for the lower part of<br />

the column may the assumption of rapid changes of watermass be defended.<br />

For the upper part of the section possible changes may be explained by the<br />

assumption that the changes in the watermass conditions were of longer<br />

duration and smaller intensity. No significant changes in diversity are recorded<br />

across the laminated/non-laminated interval for which a period of high<br />

productivity of phytoplankton and zooplankton was proposed (Zachariasse,<br />

1978). Cita (1973, 1976) assumed strong vertical mixing in the Early pliocene<br />

Mediterranean watermass and a lack of thermal stratification based on<br />

faunal and isotopic evidence, which would mean expansion of only the most<br />

tolerant species and consequently a low species diversity. One would expect<br />

the subsequent installation of a stabilized and stratified watercolumn to<br />

cause an increase in species diversity, but no such record can be obtained<br />

from our counts. No variations in species diversity are recorded across the<br />

interval of silica-enrichment either. Apparently, the increase of production<br />

(Zachariasse, 1978) was not provoked by environmental changes that were<br />

favourable to a larger number of species.<br />

Distribution<br />

of species<br />

Globigerina apertura, G. falconensis, Globigerinita glutinata and Neogloboquadrina<br />

acostaensis are the most abundant forms throughout section<br />

3 (fig. 20). Globigerina nepenthes-decoraperta, Globigerinoides extremus,<br />

G. obliquus, G. trilobus and Orbulina universa are frequent elements<br />

in many of the samples. Globorotalia margaritae and G. puncticulata are<br />

both present in sample 1394. The latter species shows a few scattered<br />

occurrences throughout the section, becoming abundant in the upper two<br />

samples. The former species may attain irregularly distributed, relatively<br />

high frequencies, especially from the finely bedded and silica-rich units<br />

upwards. It reaches a peak just below the sudden bloom of G. puncticulata.<br />

In fig. 21 the numerical distribution of the most frequent species has been<br />

reproduced graphically. All Globigerinoides species have been grouped<br />

because of supposed ecological similarities. Globigerinoides elongatus is


I<br />

106 55 52 j 8<br />

Ij I<br />

" ~ ~<br />

! I<br />

ll11 }1111~<br />

~ J::l<br />

~lgl~<br />

~':.'l I..<br />

~:~:~<br />

><<br />

"1 11 4 3<br />

I<br />

I<br />

13 300<br />

14 m<br />

105 43" 33 j 7<br />

i5 6: 1<br />

56 79 :2 31<br />

14 300<br />

104 69 50 1 '2<br />

, 9 6 1<br />

3<br />

137: 69 i ~ 12 3<br />

15 300<br />

103 27 36 j 2<br />

24 11 ! 23<br />

6' •<br />

72 87 I<br />

1 ! 26 113 4 1<br />

4 i<br />

98 43 41 4 5 i<br />

97 41 44 50 I 2 !<br />

9644%621<br />

11 10 1 I 9 !<br />

18 ! 22! 123<br />

13 7 6 1 I<br />

19 16 4<br />

25 96:.? I 17 :<br />

i3~B7 1 i I<br />

27,11/ !1'l11 11<br />

39 86 4- 4<br />

, "4' 164 2 1<br />

94501441. "<br />

93 36 45 2: I<br />

92. 24 102 2 ;<br />

" I B1 • I 1 2<br />

41 97: S !<br />

321120, 4- I<br />

91 52 64 7 i j<br />

90,,'" 9<br />

4 89 41: 26 29 3'<br />

87 3'0 77 I 9<br />

5 -~.-~._. -.-<br />

86 28 i 96 4 i:; ;; 17 i 6<br />

85 65 73 4 1 11 ! 7<br />

84 43 120 :2! j ! 6 7<br />

81 59 60: :z 9 12 7<br />

80 51 61: 3' 23 9 24<br />

79 37 42 :5 25 £) j 14<br />

2.1 67' 7: i<br />

591" 21.1 I,<br />

17 i 48 10' j<br />

"1" " :<br />

261 63 9<br />

3"4: 51 9 1<br />

501" 23'<br />

47' 62: 6 3<br />

49 6:;i 6 '2<br />

39 84 3 l<br />

16 88' 4- 3"<br />

19 Ji9' 6 g !<br />

I 8 1:2 j je 300<br />

i 4- 12 1 11 3"00<br />

1 I 11 7 1 16 300<br />

6 15 11 300<br />

7 "<br />

! 2: 19<br />

I<br />

5 12 i<br />

78 37 35 : 7<br />

77 53 58 3" I 2:<br />

76 37 62 1 I 6<br />

i 75 53 16! I)!<br />

14- !:;1 95 1 1;7 I<br />

1 3 i ! 66 70 5<br />

1 !;;;7 120 14-<br />

1 1 I 43: 137 7 i<br />

--;;;-:-;;1 11 i z . j 9 5 I ill 31 1127 B 7<br />

1 :,: . n :- -F:~n-i-;~--j<br />

: ~:, :::i::<br />

1405 51 ! 17 :; 7 6 3' ! 771113: 2_; 1 I : 12 1<br />

140'2 71 I 48 14 4 4 7 5 i 39 73' 9 : 2:<br />

7i -34 51 ! 8 4. I j 11 16 i 13 1 i 34 li5 6 i<br />

74 46 fa 2: 4- 11 11 11 i 50 c=-7<br />

1<br />

8<br />

! : 3'<br />

71 49 88 i fO 7 6 8 fO 29 7'2. 16<br />

.;;;I~.? 1 '2 13 14 26 1 i 62 iOO 3'<br />

5 44<br />

1;99 49 43: 2 3'<br />

--j-f-t-<br />

~ 53 3'0 2: i<br />

69 58 58 6 2<br />

33 j28 92:"3<br />

522114021<br />

16 1 128 i 83 i 2<br />

'2 1 20 4-4 '20 .<br />

1 : 2 'll<br />

I 4- 22<br />

2 4- 140 46 8<br />

S 20 57 ;; ! 1 1<br />

6 '2 72 85 1<br />

12 i ;; ! 1<br />

3" 2 44 701 8 : 7 '2<br />

28 7 1B 55 39 t- -- '2 I '2<br />

---<br />

'2 3" ~ n ~ 1 1 4'9


Graph showing the numerical distribution of the most frequent planktonic species in exposure<br />

3 at Capo Rossello.


107A 107B 107C 107D 107E 107F 107G<br />

16 25 13 36 27 24 18 Globigerina apertura<br />

96 72 79 61 73 80 65 Globigerina falconensis<br />

6 12 5 17 6 2 Globigerina quinqueloba<br />

8 43 14 50 23 18 15 Globigerinita glutinata<br />

32 19 38 9 12 24 24 Globigerinoides obliquus<br />

5 1 3 1 3 2 2 Globigerinoides sacculiferus<br />

4 3 5 4 5 Globigerinoides trilobus<br />

4 2 Globorotalia margaritae<br />

49 35 65 14 58 50 79 Globorotalia puncticulata<br />

57 77 56 73 56 82 59 Neogloboquadrina acostaensis<br />

1 2 2 1 2 9 Orbulina universa<br />

1 3 5 4 4 2 Miscellaneous<br />

21 11 20 34 32 8 22 Indeterminable<br />

12 11 11 11 10 13 10 Total number of counted species<br />

300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Total number of counted specimens<br />

Fig. 22 Distribution chart of the planktonic species from a clayey interval of the Trubi in the top<br />

of exposure 3 at Capo Rossello.<br />

42 43 44 45 sa~<br />

65 53 39 16 Globigerina apertura<br />

52 36 57 44 Globigerina falconensis<br />

1 2 4 2 Globigerina pseudobesa<br />

5 4 12 1 Globigerina quinqueloba<br />

32 45 39 46 Globigerinita glutinata<br />

12 2 14 4 Globigerinoides elongatus<br />

9 23 12 14 Globigerinoides obliquus<br />

5 2 2 Globigerinoides ruber<br />

1 2 7 6 Globigerinoides trilobus<br />

19 35 Globorotalia margaritae<br />

32 37 15 69 Globorotalia puncticulata<br />

47 70 47 79 Neogloboquadrina acostaensis<br />

2 2 3 Orbulina universa<br />

6 6 2 8 Miscellaneous<br />

12 18 13 8 Indeterminable<br />

16 13 14 16 Total num ber of counted species<br />

300 300 300 300 Total number of counted specimens<br />

Fig. 23 Distribution chart of the planktonic species from the middle part of the Trubi in exposure 4<br />

at Capo Rossello.


extremely rare in our Trubi material and was therefore not singled out for<br />

its supposed affinities for cooler or deeper water (see discussion under<br />

the chapter on the Narbone formation). The laminated intervals are indicated<br />

by dotted horizontal bands. The selected taxa show no obvious vertical<br />

trends, with the exception of O. universa which diminishes in relative numbers<br />

toward the top of the section. This trend is consistent with the data<br />

from samples 42 to 45 of section 4. No relation of the frequencies with the<br />

laminated sediments is observed either, nor do negative or positive correlations<br />

exist between the various species (see also Zachariasse, 1978). If one<br />

considers fig. 21 and the range chart of fig. 20 more closely, small peaks<br />

and lows of individual taxa are certainly significant relative to the fairly<br />

smooth pattern of the other numbers. At first sight these aberrant values<br />

make no sense for the interpretation of the data, for which reason no computer<br />

analysis was carried out. Fluctuating subjectivity influences during<br />

the observations cannot be ruled out.<br />

No change in planktonic faunal composition takes place through samples<br />

107 A-G. Globorotalia puncticulata is abundant in these seven samples.<br />

Globorotalia margaritae has dwindled to insignificant numbers (fig. 22).<br />

In this part of the section the "Kummerforms" qf some species were<br />

counted. Specimens possessing an ultimate chamber which is of equal or<br />

smaller size than the penultimate chamber are regarded as "Kummerforms".<br />

According to Berger (1970) high concentrations of such forms may be<br />

indicative of environmental stress, but may also be a consequence of selective<br />

carbonate solution. No systematic fluctuations in relative numbers were<br />

observed for any of the species.<br />

The planktonic faunas from section 4 show G. margaritae to be present<br />

in appreciable numbers in two of the samples (fig. 23). G. puncticulata<br />

reaches maximum values in the other two samples. The presence of the<br />

former species indicates that the biostratigraphic position of these samples<br />

is in the lower part of the G. puncticulata Interval-zone (Zachariasse, 1975,<br />

p.38).<br />

G. margaritae has not been found in the uppermost Trubi at Punta Piccola<br />

(fig. 42). G. puncticulata disappears from the numerical record above PP 1,<br />

and Globorotalia crassaformis and G. bononiensis appear. Globigerina falconensis<br />

is extremely abundant (up to 35%) in samples PP 3 to 5 and 7.<br />

Fig. 21 supplies us with a picture of the vertical distribution of some<br />

selected taxa. Most remarkable are the wide and seemingly erratic fluctuations<br />

in the relative numbers of most of the taxa. The species composition


of the faunas remains practically the same throughout the column but many<br />

of the oscillations for individual taxa are statistically significant. There are<br />

no clear correlations between the frequencies of the taxa which might give<br />

a clue to the reasons for the oscillations. The entire association seems to<br />

indicate that water temperatures were moderately to fairly warm as indicated<br />

by the abundance of forms belonging to Globigerina falconensis, Globigerinita<br />

glutinata and the combination of Globigerinoides species. This latter<br />

group of species is found in the present oceans in tropical and subtropical<br />

regions only. Be and Tolderlund (1971) describe the other two forms from<br />

warmer waters in transitional and subtropical areas (op. cit., p. 110, fig. 6.3).<br />

Our data are evidently too coarse to unravel the environmental fluctuations<br />

that caused the irregular pattern. Some combination between temperature<br />

and nutrient supply changes may have been responsible. Anyway, it seems<br />

likely that the physicochemical factors in the upper watermass were not very<br />

stable. No obvious relationships with the sediment-types can be distinguished<br />

either. The laminated sediments show similar ranges of minimum and maximum<br />

values of the same taxon. Orbulina universa, a species said to prefer<br />

regions with upwelling (Tolderlund and Be, 1971), does not show any relation<br />

with the sediment. Moreover, this species seems to decrease in number<br />

across this interval. Apparently other ecological factors prohibited its success.<br />

None of the other species shows a consistent trend throughout the<br />

entire column of section 3.<br />

The lowermost 6 to 7 m of the Trubi correspond to the Sphaeroidinellopsis<br />

Acme-zone (Cita, 1975b). The peak abundance of this species evidently<br />

does not imply that the representatives of this genus are numerically<br />

predominant. (cf. Cita, 1975b and our figs. 20 and 29). This must mean that<br />

they are more numerous than in the adjacent intervals (op. cit., p. 532).<br />

Whether or not Sphaeroidinellopsis can be considered as representing the<br />

most conspicuous component of the faunal assemblage is truly a subjective<br />

decision if its representatives account for no more than 3% of the fauna.<br />

The peak abundance of Globorotalia puncticulata in the upper part of<br />

the section is most likely an ecologically controlled event. The continuous<br />

presence of this species, although in insignificant numbers, from the Arenazzolo<br />

upwards, means that its potential to bloom remained if the environment<br />

should become suitable. Apparently this happened during deposition of the<br />

upper part of the section. Increased supply of terrigenous fines (and nutrients)<br />

may have triggered this sudden expansion. Also, in the Arenazzolo<br />

this species seemed to show a more regular presence in clayey intervals<br />

(Brolsma, 1975b). Obviously, the bloom of G. punticulata in the Trubi did<br />

not seriously affect the relative numbers of the other species as shown in


figs. 20 and 22, which possibly indicates that the water-temperatures remained<br />

stable. The perceptible negative correlations between Globorotalia margaritae<br />

and G. puncticulata shown in samples 104 to 107 and 42 to 45 will<br />

remain unexplained as long as there are no clues to the particular paleoenvironments<br />

in which each of these two competitive taxa thrived.<br />

Paleobathymetric<br />

estimates<br />

The charts of figures 15 and 16 give the distribution of the benthonic<br />

fauna. We tried to obtain a depth estimate for each species and every sample.<br />

For this purpose the dominant species in the Capo Rossello section were<br />

plotted in a separate diagram (fig. 17). Species present with 10 or more<br />

representatives per sample, regardless of the total number of counted specimens,<br />

are considered (equals 5% or more of an assemblage of 200 individuals).<br />

The number of such taxa dominating an assemblage under these<br />

conditions varies between 0 and 8. 31 species or groups of species appear to<br />

be as frequent as this in one or more of the 66 Trubi samples used for this<br />

exercise. Oridorsalis stellatus and Siphonina bradyana appear in the majority<br />

of the Trubi samples. Nodosaria vertebralis vaL albatrossi and Globocassidulina<br />

subglobosa have the greatest numbers (79 and 69 specimens in samples<br />

79 and 1394, respectively).<br />

On the basis of these selected data we tried to establish minimum and<br />

maximum depth boundaries during deposition for each assemblage. Based<br />

on the preferential depths occupied by the dominating species in the Recent<br />

seas, the most probable upper and lower depth limits were estimated for the<br />

entire assemblage (heavy bars in fig. 24). The minimum depth is defined by<br />

the deepest upper depth limit of one of the dominating species. The maximum<br />

depth is determined by the shallowest lower depth limit of one of<br />

them. All these data on Recent distributions were gathered from the literature.<br />

The author certainly does not want to give the impression that all the<br />

literature relating to the Recent distribution of benthonic foraminifera has<br />

been considered. Many of these depth estimates can be further extended and<br />

refined. A compilation of the applied literature data on some of our most<br />

common species is reproduced in figures 25 and 26.<br />

As to the method, it must be remarked that comparison on the basis of<br />

species names in the literature is of dubious value. It may be considered<br />

acceptable to assume that the labels of the author himself did not change<br />

much because of variable subjectivity in the course of the investigation. But<br />

the recent comparison between several authors on the basis of the same<br />

material (Brolsma, 1978, U.M.B. 17) showed such tremendous differences


5<br />

--<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

7 - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - -<br />

5 - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - -<br />

t-.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

5<br />

---------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

-------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

-------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

-------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

4600m.<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

4600m.<br />

4600m.<br />

4600m.<br />

1<br />

-------- -<br />

-<br />

f-- - - - - -<br />

4e00"i<br />

Fig. 24 Chart showing the theoretical and more probable (heavy bars) paleobathymetric range for<br />

each benthonic assemblage in the lower and middle parts of the Trubi in exposure 3 and 4 at<br />

Capo Rossello. Dashed lines refer to samples too poor to furnish a fair degree of reliability,<br />

or to less probable extensions of the depth range.


in label appreciation that additional assumptions are needed to defend our<br />

method of paleobathymetric estimates. One is that if several names are<br />

applied for the same species, the habitats of the different nominate species<br />

are probably very close. Another is that errors in the comparisons are not<br />

likely to be systematic, and conclusions from a sufficient number of species,<br />

whether correctly labelled or not, may give a reliable estimate for the average.<br />

Poor literature data on some of the species appeared a handicap for the<br />

depth evaluation. It is furthermore realized that the shallower forms may<br />

have been transported downslope thus obscuring the actual lower depth<br />

boundaries. Only in a few cases are there indications for downslope transport.<br />

This mechanism is considered to have had no notable influence on the<br />

autochthony of our assemblages. Most allochthonous elements present are<br />

thought to have arrived at the site of burial attached to drifting subaquatic<br />

vegetation or other drifting debris. It is furthermore understood that depth<br />

in itself is not the only controlling factor that influences foraminiferal<br />

distributions. Murray (1973) gives the excellent example of Buliminella<br />

elegantissima living at 550 m and 820 m in Todos Santos Bay and the Gulf<br />

of California respectively, but not occurring deeper than 150 m off San<br />

Diego. Obviously other factors than depth control the distribution of this<br />

species off San Diego.<br />

For 19 samples no depth estimates could be made due to a lack of a<br />

sufficiently diverse fauna of frequent species (especially in the laminated<br />

intervals and for the upper 4 samples). The minimum depth of 21 samples<br />

is 65 m, based on the upper depth limit of Oridorsalis stellatus.Cibicides<br />

bradyi defines the upper boundary of 9 samples at 76 to 100 m. Only 3 or<br />

4 samples have an upper depth boundary exceeding 100 m, on account of<br />

Eggerella bradyi with an upper depth limit at 130 m, or Dentalina subsoluta<br />

at 105 m (LeCalvez, 1958). The maximum depth for 26 samples is placed<br />

at 926 m based on the deepest recorded occurrence of Siphonina bradyana.<br />

Two samples (CR 79 and 88) show a shallower maximum depth limit of<br />

823 m based on the peaks of Nodosaria vertebralis var. albatrossi. This<br />

species is recorded from 18.5 to 823 m in the Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic<br />

Ocean. Deeper records of this species are as yet unknown to the author.<br />

According to this exercise the depth of deposition of the Trubi in section<br />

3 would be between roughly 100 and 1000 m. A shallower lower limit of<br />

about 800 m is likely if our data concerning N. vertebralis var. albatrossi are<br />

reliable.<br />

A paleobathymetric interpretation of the total-fraction counts (Brolsma,<br />

1978) appears to narrow the depth range from 100-1000 m to 550-


;.Monica<br />

Say(32)<br />

Todos Santos 8ay (2)<br />

r<br />

w.coast-C.America(4-1<br />

-<br />

Andam~n S~a (87)<br />

,----<br />

Antan:tic{6i)<br />

Antarctic<br />

(:5~J<br />

FalKland<br />

Isl.(29)<br />

AntarctiC(30)<br />

1 1 1 1 ---<br />

----.<br />

Orinoco(5)<br />

Araya - Los<br />

Weddell sea (65)<br />

~rctic:(61)<br />

Test [g os ShelF (6)<br />

""'oFf Gironde (20)<br />

AtLantic (27)<br />

Scotian Shelf (79)<br />

Atl.,antic(;rl}<br />

11 I I<br />

Atlantic (33)<br />

Atlantic (27)<br />

Scot,.:; Sea (33)<br />

~~~oJ~)<br />

Atlantic(53)<br />

S••IFofMexico (33)<br />

N.AtlantiC(13)<br />

~rr Gironde<br />

(QO)<br />

Golfe de Gascogne (75)<br />

Mediterr-anean (34)<br />

Mare LigtAre (56)<br />

Adriatic (505)<br />

Golf'" di Taranto (58)<br />

GlJlF ofGascogne (33)<br />

Medit.!.:ranean (34)<br />

Glolfe "'e Lion (36)<br />

Mar-e Ligure(&6)<br />

Adriat:ic(22)<br />

~ic(;5)<br />

6"011'0 di Taranto (58)<br />

1 1<br />

Bulimina acv/eata<br />

9dja California (&1)<br />

T<br />

s.and N_Wof<br />

---.---<br />

LOS Testigos (6)<br />

Orinoco (5)<br />

~W.G\llfofMexjcO(i4)<br />

ofF 6ironde (20)<br />

~riti.:sh channel (to)<br />

;.Mediter-ranean(l)<br />

French Atlantic. coast (38)<br />

Barent See (69)<br />

-----.<br />

Antarctic (30)<br />

"11<br />

-.-<br />

;:eltic Sea (10)<br />

ofFSpanish Slihara (44)<br />

E.a"tern coast U.S. Atlantic (53)<br />

sa}st.8rielAc (37) I<br />

off Gironde (20)<br />

~asCCl9"~(47)<br />

~r:~~ean Sea(f8)<br />

:driatiC(S&)<br />

Adriatic (i8)<br />

1<br />

:d..-ia~ic (50:»<br />

Vvigerina peregrina<br />

I i I I I<br />

~ 100 1000<br />

20<br />

oFfPrYl11ol.lth<br />

(iO)<br />

off" 6ironde (:20)<br />

____ fi"esa"ds<br />

offGjrond~(.:20)<br />

_


N.padfic(54}<br />

[<br />

$. PaciFic (54)<br />

Pacific Ocean (33)<br />

of( Ca) i for'1 ia (80)<br />

~cifTc(53)<br />

Orinoco{S)<br />

-r----<br />

~ff" san:ra (74)<br />

N.andS.At.I


1000 m, the latter corresponding to the lower epibathyal zone of Wright<br />

(1977). This more restricted depth range is based, however, on the distribution<br />

of a single species, Nuttallides rugosus var. convexus, for which only<br />

one literature reference is available (Parker, 1958). It is moreover unlikely<br />

that much importance can be attached to the comparison of our small<br />

specimens with the presumably larger ones of Parker. Nevertheless we<br />

think that the shallower part of the depth range may be excluded. If deposition<br />

occurred at a depth of a few hundred meters only, we would expect a<br />

greater admixture of light dependant species. By restricting the depth estimates<br />

to 500-800 m we are well aware that we moved far beyond our<br />

(pseudo- )quantitative analysis.<br />

The variation in depth is rather large, some 900 m, but within these limits<br />

it is considered a fair estimate. We learn from this excercise that no reliance<br />

should be placed on the distribution of a single species or on a small group<br />

of (selected) species. Cita concludes (1973) that the presence of Eponides<br />

umbonatus, Cassidulina subglobosa, Pleurostomella alternans and bggerella<br />

bradyi in the Trubi of Capo Rossello indicates depths beyond 1000 m (and<br />

even as low as several thousands of meters). This seems unjustified particularly<br />

because she advises that care should be taken with the evaluation of Decima<br />

and Wezel's data in her footnote (op. cit., p. 216) by drawing attention<br />

to the fact that depth is not the only controlling factor.<br />

Samples JT 1395, CR 72, 74-77, 82-83, 86-87, 89, 94-95, 100 and<br />

104-107 are too poor and too monotonous to give any "reliable" depth<br />

estimate. The etched and worn part of the fauna of sample 1395 is obviously<br />

transported to deeper environments; its well-preserved autochthonous counterpart<br />

is typical for deeper water. The meagre assemblages of the samples<br />

mentioned above contain a few of the dominant forms in smaller numbers.<br />

Oolina hexagona is predominant in some of these samples (e.g. CR 75 and<br />

77) constituting 70 to almost 100% of the assemblage. All samples from the<br />

6 laminated intervals appear to contain very high numbers of o. hexagona<br />

specimens in the smaller fraction (60-125 11) as shown in fig. 18. This species<br />

is found today between 0 and 4600 m, and is always rare except for a<br />

few frequent occurrences reported by Cushman (1918) from the Atlantic at<br />

44 m and 90-95 m. The estimated depth for the entire section does not<br />

strongly disagree with these depth data. The meagre or monotypic character<br />

in the laminated intervals suggests that factors other than depth were of<br />

importance.<br />

The less common species such as Bulimina costata, B. inflata, Cibicides<br />

lobatulus, Dentalina communis, Dimorphina tuberosa, Gyroidina orbicularis,<br />

Lenticulina spp., Martinottiella communis, Melonis barleeanus, Pleurostomel-


la alternans, Sigmoilopsis celata, Sphaeroidina bulloides and Vulvulina pennatula<br />

all have wide depth ranges which fit in well with the suggested depth<br />

range for this part of the Trubi.<br />

Three of the four samples studied from the middle part of the Trubi in<br />

section 4, appear to have an upper depth limit of 76 to 100 m based on<br />

Cibicides bradyi. Sample 42 has a shallower upper depth limit of 45 m based<br />

on Siphonina bradyana. Three of the four samples show a maximum depth<br />

of 926 m based on the presence of S. brady ana. Sample 45 produces a<br />

questionable shallower maximum depth based on the presumably epiphytic<br />

Hanzawaia boueana which may have been transported to deeper water without<br />

suffering notable damage.<br />

From these data no great changes in depth can be proved to have occurred<br />

from the base of the Trubi up to at least its middle part.<br />

A similar quantitative examination was carried out on D.S.D.P. material<br />

from leg 42 A by Wright (1977, in press). By means of benthonic foraminiferal<br />

species with well defined upper depth limits, minimum depth estimates<br />

of the assemblages were obtained. "Those species representing the deepest<br />

habitat in a fossil assemblage were assumed to be in place and those species<br />

indicative of shallower depths were considered as possible downslope contaminates"<br />

(pers. comm. R. C. Wright). In our study the shallowest lower<br />

depth limit of a dominant species was used to define the lower depth boundary<br />

of the assemblage. This was done in order to eliminate unlikely deep<br />

(4000-6000 m) lower depth boundaries as indicated by the extremely<br />

deep lower depth limits of some species. Wright's paleobathymetric reconstruction<br />

shows that the minimum depth estimates of his samples surpass<br />

our maximum values consistently by some 200 to 500 m throughout the<br />

Pliocene of the leg 42 A cores (d. his figure of site 371). Most of the studied<br />

core recoveries are believed to have been deposited at upper mesobathyal<br />

depths (1000/1300-1800 m). This consistent difference between our<br />

paleobathymetric estimates is not thought to be the result of the slight<br />

differences in the methods (deepest versus shallowest lower depth limit)<br />

but to actual differences in paleobathymetry. The Trubi-type limestones<br />

recorded from the D.SD.P. sites of legs 13 and 42 A and from land (Sicily,<br />

Calabria, Zakinthos and Crete) are considered to be facies-bound rather<br />

than depth-controlled sediments. It is therefore quite possible that fossil<br />

assemblages recovered from marginal areas, such as Capo Rossello, indicate<br />

shallower depths of deposition than those from more central parts of the<br />

Mediterranean basins. Differences of the order of 1000 m cannot be excluded.


In this respect it is interesting to evaluate a Trubi assemblage recovered<br />

from the northern margin of the Ragusa platform near Buccheri along the<br />

road N 124. The Trubi limestones outcropping in this area are associated<br />

with volcanic lava intercalations, as described by Di Grande (1969). At the<br />

Buccheri locality the Trubi contains numerous globular bodies of about<br />

30 cm in diameter, which are composed of similar Trubi limestone and<br />

which seem to float in an identical Trubi matrix. This sediment-type is<br />

regarded to be result of mass-transport and rapid deposition, obstructing<br />

any sorting to size of the transported components. During the Early Pliocene<br />

Buccheri was possibly situated on the eastern slope of the Cattolica basin.<br />

The sample was taken from the matrix.<br />

The presence of both Globorotalia margaritae and G. puncticulata would<br />

conservatively place this sample in the lower part of the G. puncticulata Interval-zone<br />

of Zachariasse (1975). The benthonic fauna is characterized by a<br />

Arenaceous<br />

Anomalina helicina<br />

Anomalina sp. indet.<br />

Anomalinoides grosserugosus<br />

Anomalinoides ornata<br />

Astrononion italicum<br />

Bolivina advena<br />

Bolivina antiqua<br />

Bolivina dilatata<br />

Bolivina reticulata<br />

Bolivina plicatella var. mera<br />

Bolivina scalprata var. miocenica<br />

Bolivina spathulata<br />

Bulimina costata<br />

Bulimina elongata var. subulata<br />

Bulimina inflata<br />

Cibicides floridanus<br />

Cibicides lobatulus<br />

Cibicides pseudoungerianus<br />

Cibicides refulgens<br />

Cibicides tenellus<br />

Cibicides westi<br />

Dentalina sp. indet.<br />

Ehrenbergina spinulosa<br />

Elphidium jenseni<br />

Elphidium sp. indet.<br />

Epistominella exigua<br />

2<br />

13<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

5<br />

4<br />

7<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

7<br />

1<br />

4<br />

5<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

6<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

8<br />

57<br />

200<br />

25-30<br />

29/200<br />

Eponidus repandus<br />

Globocassidulina subglobosa<br />

Gyroidina orbicularis<br />

Gyroidina soldanii<br />

Gyroidina umbonata<br />

Hanzawaia boueana<br />

Lagena spp.<br />

Lenticulina spp.<br />

Melonis barleeanus<br />

Nuttallides rugosus var. convexus<br />

Oridorsalis stallatus<br />

Planulina ariminensis<br />

Planularia sp. cf. P. elongata<br />

Pullenia spp.<br />

Siphonina bradyana<br />

Sphaeroidina bulloides<br />

Trifarina angulosa<br />

Uvigerina parvula<br />

Uvigerina peregrina<br />

Uvigerina pygmea<br />

Uvigerina striatissima<br />

Vaginulina inversa<br />

Indeterminable<br />

Total number of counted species<br />

Total number of counted specimens<br />

Fisher a-index<br />

B/P ratio<br />

Fig. 27 Frequency list of the benthonic species encountered in sample ]T 2072 from the Lower<br />

Pliocene Trubi near Buccheri (Siracusa).


elatively high B/P ratio (29/200) and a large number of species (57 per<br />

200 counted specimens). The abundance of forms belonging to the Cibicides<br />

group (61 specimens) and the Bolivina/Bulimina group (41 specimens)<br />

is exceptional (fig. 27). Bolivina dilatata, B. reticulata and Bulimina elongata<br />

var. subulata are the predominant elements in the latter group. Cibicides<br />

pseudoungerianus and C. refulgens dominate in the former group. Species<br />

such as Siphonina bradyana and the Pullenia group, which are typical in<br />

the corresponding Trubi part at Capo Rossello, occur in insignificant numbers<br />

in this sample. The depth of deposition concluded from this assemblage<br />

will not have been more than 200 m. The abundance of epiphytic forms<br />

indicates the proximity of a hinterland.<br />

The minimum depth estimated for this biostratigraphic interval at site<br />

371 in the South Balearic Basin ranges from 1100 to 1400 m (Wright, 1977,<br />

in press). In our Capo Rossello section (fig. 24) a depth range from 500 to<br />

800 m was considered most likely. In fig. 28 the paleobathymetric ranges<br />

Fig. 28 Paleobathymetric reconstruction for three different localities pertaining to the lower part<br />

of the Globorotalia puncticulata Interval-zone.


for this interval at the three localities are visualized. The Trubi sediments<br />

deposited during the early part of the G. puncticulata Interval-zone seem<br />

to have extended from outer neritic to upper mesobathyal habitats. It may<br />

be concluded that the Trubi type of sediments were not dependent on great,<br />

"oceanic", depths but on open marine conditions with abundant planktonic<br />

life and a very small supply of suspended terrigenous material. Evidently,<br />

the depth at which Trubi sediments were formed was determined by the<br />

geographic position of the locality. Thus, it is no surprise that lowermost<br />

Pliocene Trubi-like sediments are claimed to contain intercalations of crossbedded<br />

and horizontally laminated beach sands (Crete; pers. comm. J. E.<br />

Meulenkamp) .<br />

Although it is realized that these paleobathymetric reconstructions are<br />

based on information from benthonic foraminifera mainly in extra-Mediterranean<br />

regions, and therefore possibly misleading, it is evident that the<br />

intra-formational differences in depth are more valid and trustworthy<br />

since the same methods are applied and the same subjectivity bias incorporated.<br />

The differences in depths thus obtained for the three localities<br />

may be real, whereas the actual depth-estimates may err by some tens to<br />

a few hundreds of meters.<br />

The base of section 3 practically coincides with the base of the Zanclean<br />

stratotype section as defined by Cita (in: Cita and Gartner, 1973).<br />

In our fig. 29 the same essential zonations published for this section are<br />

compiled and some of Cita's samples are placed alongside our samplelog.<br />

The section starts with the Sphaeroidinellopsis Acme-zone (MPL 1,<br />

Cita, 197Sb). Her Globorotalia margaritae margaritae Interval-zone (MPL<br />

2) covers the greater part of the section. The sudden peak of Globorotalia<br />

puncticulata in our topmost two samples (106-107) is thought to correspond<br />

to the basal part of her Globorotalia margaritaelG. puncticulata<br />

Concurrent-range-zone (MPL 3). The occurrences of G. margaritae and<br />

G. puncticulata in the underlying Arenazzolo sediments, considered to be<br />

"per definition" of Late Miocene age, as well as the scattered presence<br />

of the latter species throughout the lower part of the Trubi section, undermine<br />

the absolute character of the zonal scheme given by Cita. The presence<br />

of G. puncticulata in the Arenazzolo (Brolsma, 197Sa) and its scattered<br />

presence throughout the Trubi up to the sudden bloom in samples<br />

106 and 107 might be explained by ecological factors controlling the species'


(/)<br />

W FREQUENCY ~ ~<br />

...J<br />

~'" '"<br />

DISTRIBUTION OF Or- r- ~<br />

-0><br />

CL<br />

-<br />

~ "i: '" r--<br />

2: SOME SELECTED E ~. 0><br />

i<br />

1"lI.~ ~ -<br />

u<br />

u<br />

- ~o<br />

"<br />

Ct: u<br />

- ~ "" -<br />

2 0


near-absence and bloom. The level of sample 106 probably corresponds to<br />

the level of the first occurrence of G. puncticulata as identified by Cita (in:<br />

Cita and Gartner, 1973). The scattered occurrence of this taxon in the<br />

underlying Trubi has not been described before. Such an ecologically controlled<br />

datum level may still be applicable within a single sub-basin, but in<br />

the extra-Mediterranean correlation to the equatorial Pacific or New Zealand,<br />

it may be less reliable (d. Cita and Gartner, 1973, and Van Couvering<br />

etal.,1976).<br />

Riedel et al. (1974) described a radiolarian fauna from sample Ros 22<br />

which they placed in the Stichocorys peregrina Zone, the oldest radiolarian<br />

zone known from the Pliocene. A more extensive study on several samples<br />

from the same locality (MJ 75 -1 00) revealed the presence of Spongaster<br />

pentas in some of these samples, whereas S. peregrina was found in all samples<br />

containing radiolaria (Riedel and Sanfilippo, 1978). It is supposed that<br />

ecological factors controlled the presence or absence of S. pentas. Its absence<br />

in Ros 22 has therefore no biostratigraphical value. The biostratigraphic position<br />

of these laminated intervals must be ascribed to the next younger<br />

S. pentas Zone (op. cit., 1978).<br />

According to Schrader and Gersonde (1978) the frequent Thalassiosira<br />

convexa var. aspinosa would place the laminated/non-laminated interval of<br />

the Trubi in the Thalassiosira convexa Partial-range-zone which ranges from<br />

the Late Miocene through the Early Pliocene. The top of this zone is defined<br />

at the level of the evolutionary appearance of Nitzschia jouseae. The evolutionary<br />

change from N. cylindrica to N. jouseae is concluded to be within<br />

our interval. The third laminated bed is interpreted by these authors to<br />

contain at least part of this gradual evolutionary change. If this "event" is<br />

contemporaneous in the Pacific, tropical Indian Ocean and Mediterranean,<br />

then the interval can be correlated to the "c" event within the Gilbert<br />

Reversed Magnetic Epoch (approximately 4.3 to 4.6 m.y. B.P.).<br />

The entry of Ceratolithus acutus is recorded in the lower part of the Trubi<br />

(Cita and Gartner, 1973), some 6 m above the base. The appearance of<br />

Ceratolithus rugosus is recorded some 39 m above the base at a level some<br />

5 to 6 m below the peak of G. puncticulata. Discrepancies seem to exist as<br />

to the absolute age assignments of the entry levels of c. rugosus and G.<br />

puncticulata in Cita and Gartner (1973). Cita mentions 4.5 m.y. for the<br />

puncticulata datum (op. cit., p. 536) and Gartner dates the stratigraphically<br />

lower C. rugosus at 4.45 m.y. (op. cit., p. 545).<br />

Ryan et al. (1974) managed to assign ages of 4.2 and 4.5 m.y. to the<br />

G. puncticulata and C. rugosus events, respectively. Unfortunately, the errors<br />

in the absolute datings are not traceable, which makes the following reason-


ing very hypothetical and unreliable. On the off-chance that these ages are<br />

applicable to the "first" occurrences of the two taxa in the Capo Rossello<br />

section, some 5 to 6 m of sediment must have been deposited in a period of<br />

300,000 years, indicating a sedimentation rate of 1.6 to 2 cm/1000 yrs. A<br />

similar rate of 2 cm/lOOO yrs is obtained for the lower 6 m of the section, in<br />

between the base of the section (at 5.2 m.y.) and the entry level of c. acutus<br />

some 6 m higher (4.9 m.y., fide Ryan et al., 1974, p. 653). The entire section<br />

between the base and the flood-entry of G. puncticulata in sample<br />

CR 106 would have been deposited in the course of 1 million years, which<br />

indicates a much faster rate of sedimentation of 4.4 cm/lOOO yrs. This either<br />

means that the rate of sedimentation must have increased dramatically<br />

during deposition of the middle part of our section or that the correlation<br />

of the biostratigraphic events to the radiometric timescale is unreliable, or<br />

both. If one assumes that the correlations are correct, this means that the<br />

middle part of the section, some 33 m in thickness, must have been deposited<br />

in about 400,000 yrs, indicating a sedimentation rate of 8 cm/1000 yrs.<br />

This high rate of sedimentation is not usual for biogenic sedimentation. It<br />

can be explained, however, by either an increased supply of fine terrigenous<br />

clastic material or by a strongly increased productivity of fauna and flora.<br />

Although clay contents do vary in the section, the observed differences<br />

alone certainly cannot explain the very high sedimentation rates. However,<br />

Zachariasse (1978) showed that higher production rates of planktonic organisms<br />

probably caused the laminated character in the 8 m thick laminated/<br />

non-laminated interval, in which there are more clayey intervals and distinct<br />

evidence of blooms of siliceous organisms such as radiolaria and diatoms.<br />

The more vaguely bedded and intensely burrowed compact limestones of<br />

the lower and upper parts of the section thus might correspond with the<br />

periods of low sedimentation rates of approximately 2 cm/lOOO yrs., for<br />

which the highest carbonate values are recorded (cf. Cita and Gartner, 1973,<br />

p.527).


Fig. 30 Punta Piccola section, showing the topmost Trubi beds at the left and the overlying Monte<br />

Narbone marls (strike and dip: 330° and 10°).


Although the top of the Trubi and the boundary interval with the overlying<br />

Narbone unit was sampled at two localities, we preferred the Punta<br />

Piccola section for our microscopic investigation. At Punta Piccola (fig. 1)<br />

the outcrop is fresher (figs. 30 and 31) and the gentle dip of the strata<br />

(330 0 _10 0 ENE) and the length of the exposure permitted the investigation<br />

of a continuous profile of some 45 meters and provided ample information<br />

on the lateral continuity of the individual layers.<br />

On top of 12 m of vaguely bedded, compact Trubi limestones (samples<br />

PP 1-7, fig. 39) the 33 m of the lower Narbone formation are characterized<br />

by an irregular vertical alternation of blue-grey coloured marls and browngrey<br />

to black coloured clays and clayey marls. Fourteen of these brown<br />

coloured intervals (A-N) have been recognized. The topographic top of the<br />

section is formed by unconformably overlying Quaternary terrace deposits<br />

(fig. 30 and 31).<br />

The ~ontact with the underlying Trubi limestones is arbitrarily placed at<br />

the first brown coloured layer. The sediments still have a high carbonate<br />

content but the cream colour of the Trubi rapidly changes to more bluegrey<br />

and sometimes to green directly above this first brown coloured interruption.<br />

Apart from the dark bands the lower part of the Narbone formation<br />

resembles the Trubi, but weathering differentiates and accentuates the minor<br />

lithological differences; the sediment gives the impression of being more<br />

clayey. Small mollusc remains, though rare, already appear between the first<br />

and second brown bands. From the level of sample PP 35 onwards the sediment<br />

becomes even more clayey and mollusc remains, including small pelecypods,<br />

are more frequent. Bioturbation, which is characteristic in the<br />

lower 21 m, rapidly disappears from this level upwards and remains only<br />

in the brown coloured intervals. Rounded, concretionary inclusions and<br />

concretionary beds become frequent.<br />

The rhythmic character of the sediment in the lower 21 m is a consequence<br />

of the intercalations of dark, clayey marls. The mineral suite of<br />

12 samples (18 to 29) was analyzed by means of X-ray diffraction (fig. 32).<br />

Most of the samples contain the listed minerals in about equal proportions.


Chlorite/montmorillonite and albite show a weak tendency to increase in an<br />

upward direction. Badly crystallized dolomite was found in samples 24 and<br />

25 and traces of better crystallized dolomite are noteworthy in samples 27<br />

and 29. Sample 26 is anomalous in that there is an absence of most minerals<br />

and an abundance of gypsum and hydrated ferrisulphates. The presence of<br />

kaoline in some of the samples was suspected but could not be substantiated<br />

in this type of analysis. The same series of samples has been investigated<br />

chemically. High concentrations of ferromanganese oxides have been shown<br />

to be present in the three darker coloured intervals (E-G, fig. 33). Comparable<br />

high concentrations of presumably cobalt and nickel, incorporated<br />

in the iron- and manganese oxides as isomorph replacements, were also<br />

found in these darker layers. The adjoining light green-blue marls appeared<br />

to contain normal, low concentrations of these elements. Moreover, low<br />

concentrations were demonstrated for zinc, copper and lead. The low values<br />

for zinc, however, show definite peaks in the darker coloured intervals. The<br />

concentration of copper decreases at first across intervals E and F to form<br />

a peak in interval G, after which it decreases again to values higher than<br />

those below. The lead concentration is uniform at 5 ppb and shows no relation<br />

with the other elements.<br />

The brown coloured intervals range in thickness from 10 to 130 cm, but<br />

Fig. 31 Close-up of the boundary interval of the Trubi and Monte Narbone marls at Punta Piccola.<br />

Dark coloured, ferromanganese-rich interbeds are indicated with A to L.


29<br />

•<br />

28<br />

•<br />

27<br />

•<br />

. 0<br />

$<br />

E E<br />

Q<br />

0<br />

" ~ ]<br />

N 0<br />

$<br />

0<br />

.,0 ~<br />


most of them are of the order of 15 to 40 cm. The marls in between attain<br />

thicknesses of 30 to 200 cm. The upper and lower contacts of these manganese-rich<br />

beds are in some cases gradational, in others sharp, but mostly<br />

they are burrowed. Most of these beds have adjoining intervals in which<br />

the brown coloured sediment is mixed with the green coloured marl, usually<br />

as consequence of intense burrowing. These mixed intervals are 2 to 20 cm<br />

in thickness. Intervals of mixed nature overlying a dark band contain at<br />

times brown-yellow coloured concretionary inclusions similar to concretions<br />

from the Trubi (Brolsma, 1975b). Internally the brown coloured beds may<br />

show very rapid, irregular vertical as well as horizontal alternations of dark<br />

and light brown colomed lenses. The lighter lenses comprise many cream<br />

colomed, small burrows whereas darker ones contain almost none. These<br />

small and bifurcating burrows are similar to the Chondrites from the Trubi<br />

(figs. 34 and 35). They are often arranged parallel to the stratification and<br />

occur in concentrations, either in other larger, darker coloured burrows or<br />

at random throughout the sediment. The larger burrows occur primarily in<br />

the dark clayey horizons and are usually parallel to the stratification. The<br />

dark layers have frequently lost their internal structure completely due to<br />

intense burrowing but may still contain ferruginous lenses of up to 30 cm<br />

in length (sample PP 19).<br />

The most conspicuous, manganese rich interval, G, shows a gradational<br />

lower cant act with the underlying cream caloured clayey marl. Within 1 cm<br />

the colour changes to brown via light brown. The lower 10 cm of this 30 cm<br />

layer are thin-bedded with an irregular vertical alternation of light (sample<br />

PP 25) and dark brown coloured thin beds (sample PP 24). The light coloured<br />

thin beds actually contain very thin, small, cream-coloured streaks, often<br />

observed in diatomites. Contacts between the thin beds are straight and sharp.<br />

They range in thickness from 2-20 mm. The thin beds contain irregular<br />

patches and seams of dark brown sediment. Distinct fluid-flow structures<br />

are preserved (figs. 36 and 37). A yellow, 2 cm thick thin-bed with small<br />

gypsum crystals forms the top of this laminated lower part (sample PP 26).<br />

Mixing of yellow and brown material directly below this thin-bed may be<br />

due to bioturbation. The next 20 cm are brown and show an increasing<br />

number of burrows (sample PP 27) and ferruginous inclusions. The contact<br />

with the overlying cream coloured marl is again gradational.<br />

Brown and yellow caloured burrows which can be distinguished in sediments<br />

which do not have a mottled appearance may attain a diameter of<br />

1 cm and a length of some 20 cm. They are mostly filled with resistant<br />

minerals such as gypsum and jarosite (cf. Brolsma, 197 5b). At about the<br />

middle of the section small burrows of 1 mm diameter have resistant black


pyrIttc cores similar to those from the Trubi (op. cit., p. 362). The larger<br />

burrows seem to increase in number in the upper part of the section from<br />

the level of sample PP 35 upwards, whereas small scale burrowing disappears<br />

in this direction, to remain only in the dark coloured intervals. The small<br />

bifurcating burrows remain present throughout. Rounded concretionary<br />

inclusions with yellow interior and harder brown coating increase in numbers<br />

towards the top of the section. With diameters of 2 to 4 em they resemble<br />

those from the Trubi at Eraclea Minoa (op. cit., p. 374). They are often concentrated<br />

in levels and in some cases they are associated with concretionary<br />

layers of 4 to 10 em thickness, especially in the dark coloured intervals<br />

(e.g. the level of sample PP 36). Two of such layers were sampled (PP 37 and<br />

49).<br />

The clayey/marly upper part of the section comprises a remarkable 40 em<br />

thick, yellow coloured clayey marl containing levels rich in concretions<br />

(sample 46). The next brown coloured intercalation, 1 m above the yellow<br />

one, contains several similar concretionary layers.<br />

The section ends with 2 m of the regular, grey coloured clayey marl,<br />

which is unconformably overlain by a Quaternary terrace deposit.<br />

Monte Narbone sediments which follow stratigraphically on top of the<br />

Punta Piccola sequence are exposed at Lido Rossello. The lithology does not<br />

change much in an upward direction towards the unconformably overlying<br />

calcarenitic sands. The dark clayey horizons gradually disappear. In the<br />

upper part of the section rich and diversified pelecypod assemblages appear<br />

which were discussed by Magne et al. (1972). At some levels the clayey marls<br />

are sandy. In the topmost part the sediment is of very dark colour, is plastic<br />

and contains very small molluscs. From an interval between 30 to 70 m<br />

below the calcarenitic sands (section 6, fig. 1) 4 samples have been studied to<br />

check whether any significant changes had taken place with respect to the<br />

upper part of the Punta Piccola section. Samples 153 to 156 start stratigraphically<br />

some 50 m above PP 50.<br />

Discussion of the lithology<br />

The presence of a hiatus or an intercalation of lagoonal sediment at the<br />

passage from Trubi to Monte Narbone marls assumed by Magne et al. (1972)<br />

could not be ascertained in our sections. A condensed interval (op. cit.,<br />

p. 153) is not regarded likely either (cf. our discussion of the biostratigraphic<br />

position of the Punta Piccola section). The lagoonal interval recorded by<br />

Decima (1964) in core material from a bore-hole near Realmonte has not<br />

been recognized by that author in nearby outcrops either.


The change in colour from cream to blue-grey in the lower part of the<br />

Narbone formation may be explained by an increase in the clay content.<br />

This idea is supported by the marly appearance which is produced by selective<br />

weathering processes. Bioturbation is intense, indicating favourable<br />

bottom conditions and low rates of sedimentation. If productivity of especially<br />

the nannoplankton and planktonic foraminifera had remained<br />

unchanged, an increasing supply of terrigenous fines must be regarded as<br />

being responsible for the observed change. This would have led to increasing<br />

sedimentation rates, which however, never went beyond the point at which<br />

burrowing activity could become obstructed. Only above the level of sample<br />

PP 35 might the sedimentation rate have become too great. It is plausible<br />

however that production of calcareous plankton did decrease as a consequence<br />

of repeated ecological stress. The tranquil sedimentary process was<br />

interrupted 14 times during periods in which dark coloured, dayey to<br />

marly sediments were deposited. The dark colours are caused by ferromanganese<br />

oxide deposition, which probably was a relatively rapid process, as<br />

witnessed also by the low concentrations of zinc, copper and lead (pers.<br />

comm. C. H. van der Weijden). Regular manganese deposits contain much<br />

higher concentrations of these elements. The metals including cobalt and<br />

nickel, were probably supplied by brines, originating from sub-surface<br />

volcanic activity in this area. The impact of such brines on the seawater<br />

chemistry is recorded in an area of at least a few km 2 , because similar<br />

bands are found outcropping at Capo Rossello. At one level within interval<br />

G, fluid-flow structures that resemble cloud-like dispersal patterns (figs.<br />

36 and 37) are thought to have been produced by percolating brines. These<br />

patches have not replaced the original sediment but have stained it dark<br />

brown, indicating the process to be "post-sedimentary". The time-lag between<br />

deposition of the sediment and subsequent staining was short as<br />

indicated by the Chondrites burrows which are not visibly affected by the<br />

staining. When staining is less intense, for instance in the second interval<br />

(B), it specifically follows the more porous paths of small burrows.<br />

The extensive basaltic lava outflows recorded in the Pliocene along the<br />

margins of the Ragusa platform in the surroundings of Mineo and Licodia<br />

Eubea (Di Grande, 1969), indicate that volcanic activity locally played a<br />

major role during the sedimentation process. This volcanic activity in the<br />

eastern part of the Cattolica bassin may possibly be linked with the formation<br />

of such brines.<br />

The chlorite/montmorillonite and albite demonstrated by the X-ray<br />

analyses might have had a volcanic origin as well (pers. comm. R. D. Schuiling).<br />

Sub-recent oxidation by means of meteoric waters of an original


pyntlc limestone mud may have resulted in the mixture of gypsum and<br />

hydrated ferrisulphates found in sample 26. These minerals are indigenous<br />

and have not been transported to this site (pers. comm. R. D. Schuiling).<br />

The presence of NaCl is probably the result of today's position of the section<br />

along the coast.<br />

The precipitation of ferromanganese oxides evidently did not destroy<br />

bottom life as witnessed by the abundant benthonic foraminifera in the<br />

dark layers. The presence of Chondrites burrows filled with the contrasting<br />

cream colour of the overlying sediment is proof of the sedimentary nature<br />

of the metalliferous admixtures and indicates that these beds contained<br />

sufficient quantities of organic debris. The presence of thin-bedding in the<br />

dark coloured interval G points to rapid deposition or less probably to unfavourable<br />

bottom conditions during sedimentation, but both would have<br />

prevented destructive bottom life.<br />

Subsequent burrowing in these manganese-rich interbeds produced the<br />

mixed intervals in which reducing conditions below the sediment-water<br />

interface may be held responsible for the presence of brown and yellow<br />

coloured concretions (cf. Brolsma, 1975b, p. 362). The 2 cm thick thin-bed<br />

of interval G is probably the product of reactions between pyrite and calcium-carbonate<br />

producing secondary gypsum and sulphur. Such circumstances<br />

became more frequent in the topmost part of the section (levels<br />

of samples PP 37 and 49). Similar reactions may have taken place in the<br />

burrow-fills which contain pyrite, gypsum and jarosite. These reducing<br />

conditions seem to have increased in intensity towards the top of the section<br />

from the level of sample PP 35 upwards. Probably the amount of<br />

organic debris increased, depleting the subbottom sediments of oxygen,<br />

thus obstructing further burrowing life, as indicated by the decreasing<br />

presence of burrows, and enhancing the formation of pyrite. The increasing<br />

supply of terrigenous clastic fines from the level of PP 35 upwards may have<br />

brought in the growing amount of organic debris. Mollusc-remains also<br />

become more numerous from this level upwards, indicating flourishing<br />

bottom life, a likely consequence of a growing supply of organic matter.<br />

On the other hand these molluscs might also indicate a decreasing depth of<br />

deposition.<br />

The changes in lithology and faunal development support the idea of an<br />

approaching hinterland which supplied the terrigenous fines and organic<br />

material in increasing quantities. The growing number of mollusc remains<br />

may indicate a shoaling tendency towards the top of the sequence.


The foraminiferal faunas from the Monte Narbone marls, of which 47<br />

samples have been studied, are in a slightly better state of preservation than<br />

those from the Trubi. Variable proportions of the faunas from the manganese-rich<br />

sediments are dark-brown; small black spots on the tests may<br />

occur as well. The remainder of such faunas is not coloured or coated. Apart<br />

from the coating these faunas are well preserved. In some samples hyaline<br />

species may have turned opaque. Pyrite may fill the tests of the assemblages<br />

in varying degrees and proportions. In some samples broken specimens are<br />

more abundant than in others.<br />

B/P ratio<br />

The B/P ratio rapidly increases in the lower part of the Narbone formation.<br />

The number of benthonic forms per 200 planktonic specimens varies<br />

between 4 and 41 (fig. 38). The maximum values are clearly linked to the<br />

manganese-rich intervals though some of them (E, I, Land N) show hardly<br />

higher or even minimum values. The lack of fauna in sample 26 and especially<br />

in sample 37 is probably due to post-sedimentary dissolution. The small<br />

numbers in 26 probably come from adjoining lamina that were incorporated<br />

in the sample.<br />

The top four samples from the Narbone formation at Capo Rossello contain<br />

a very rich benthonic fauna with a maximum of 48 specimens per 200<br />

counted planktonic individuals in the topmost sample (figs. 38 and 40).<br />

The increasing B/P ratio across the boundary between the Trubi and the<br />

Narbone marls (fig. 38) may indicate that the planktonic production decreased.<br />

On the other hand increased B/P ratios might also have resulted<br />

from the increasing success of benthonic life because of an improving bottom<br />

environment; this alternative provides an equally good explanation.<br />

Just prior to periods of oxide-precipitation favourable bottom conditions<br />

seem to have enhanced the productivity of the benthonic foraminifera, as<br />

suggested by the consistent peaks in the ratios at these intervals. It is theoretically<br />

possible that planktonic life suffered from the effects of supposed volcanic<br />

activity, thereby causing relative blooms in benthonic forms. However,<br />

ecological stress does not seem to have affected the number of planktonic<br />

species (fig. 38).


The sharply increased B/P ratio in the upper four samples at Capo Rossel-<br />

10 would be in agreement with the inferred shallowing tendency.<br />

Species diversity<br />

The Fisher


,<br />

"<br />

~<br />

"<br />

,<br />

,<br />

.<br />

~<br />

.<br />

~<br />


1 I S 1 3"<br />

'<br />

I<br />

, 6 I<br />

3 ' 9 I<br />

z<br />

, 4 I :2 : 19! 10 1<br />

9 : .2 1 1 10 3! 8 1 3 l<br />

l1j1 21915 3:3<br />

1 8 I 3 4 4 62<br />

4 2. 3' I 1 i<br />

5 i I<br />

I<br />

,{--t-- .<br />

2 10 1<br />

1 151<br />

!4<br />

23 :2 7: 4 1 11 Z 1<br />

2 " 5 'I<br />

'2j43i43Z<br />

: £ i<br />

2 1<br />

• i 5<br />

! 218 I<br />

13<br />

111 :S 1<br />

I 3" 6 !<br />

1 1 5 2 I 2. 1<br />

1 2<br />

1 34 ill<br />

4 1 :<br />

9 ,<br />

I 18 1 i Z 6 21;! 2-<br />

I I "I I 3<br />

I" 4<br />

i 3 ,.<br />

I<br />

i<br />

i 12 I 1 I 1 3 t 3 5 8 7<br />

! 14 2.! I 8 3" 8 1 8<br />

,<br />

"I 7 4<br />

~-~<br />

3 "<br />

I 6 i 6 :<br />

2. 1 i 13 1 3 4<br />

~+--++-.~<br />

1-L~-L~-L~ 13 1 8<br />

'2 I 1 ~ 24 I '1 : 21 2. S<br />

1'2 I<br />

"1 25 2<br />

4 ,<br />

! " ! " 6<br />

8 I 1!5 1<br />

i 32 1<br />

4,<br />

3" '2! 3<br />

2 3! '2<br />

, 4 : : i I 3 3" 39 200 14 12 31<br />

3" 1 81 Iii 3" 4 32 200 lCH2 41 3'0 H<br />

I 1 17 :2 59 2002&:>0 17 29<br />

6 4 45 200 18 16 '28<br />

t! i '<br />

':5 1 ,-+, ~g<br />

a 2, a 3 ,',<br />

I I ,~~~--+- -f-<br />

! 4<br />

15 10 6 " 6: 3 2 ,<br />

4 18 8 4 i 10 ,12 6<br />

43:5135 1!2!3 3<br />

'2 21 I 13 4 13<br />

3" 9 1 e 2<br />

-- ---<br />

14 t6 3 6<br />

1 I 1 2. 6 10 2:<br />

3187822<br />

1---f6- :2 ! 13 1 3<br />

3" 21 8 1! 12 1 1 2. 2<br />

22.'T15 I , I<br />

314285493<br />

2. 11 5 116 I 1 1 1<br />

3~ 3" 11 9 3 j~ _=- _<br />

1j283 5 1 3<br />

2r1~=-~_~5<br />

--r~::!10 2 4 1<br />

2811945131<br />

1 _~_<br />

4 I" 12 5 11 I 2


posite- reactions with higher a-values. Samples 24 and 27 from the lower and<br />

upper parts of horizon G show relatively high a-indices (14 and 16). Sample<br />

25 is very poor in species (only 10), whereas sample 49 is very poor in specimens<br />

(fig. 39). Post-sedimentary dissolution may be held responsible for the<br />

lack of fauna in samples 26 and 37. It is to be noted that ferromanganeseoxides<br />

have been demonstrated in only a few of the darker grey-brown<br />

coloured levels (E-F -G); it is only assumed that all other dark coloured intervals<br />

have similar high concentrations of manganese, iron, nickel and cobalt.<br />

Diversity diminishes in the upper four samples (fig. 38).<br />

Arenaceous<br />

Bolivina spp.<br />

Bulimina elongata var. subulata<br />

Cassidulina laevigata var. carinata<br />

Cibicides bradyi<br />

Cibicides tenellus<br />

Cibicides pseudoungerianus<br />

Cibicides lobatulus<br />

Eggerella bradyi<br />

Gyroidina umbonata/orbicularis<br />

Hanzawaia boueana<br />

Lagena spp./Fissurina spp.<br />

Oridorsalis stellatus<br />

Planulina ariminensis<br />

Pullenia spp.<br />

Quinqueloculina spp.<br />

Sphaeroidina bulloides<br />

Uvigerina peregrina (incl. parvula)/pygmea<br />

Uvigerina proboscidea<br />

Bulimina spp.<br />

Cibicides refulgens<br />

Globocassidulina subglobosa<br />

Gyroidina soldanii<br />

Gyroidina parva<br />

Lenticulina spp.<br />

Me Ion is barleeanus<br />

Oridorsalis umbonatus<br />

Miscellaneous<br />

Indeterminable<br />

Total number of specimens<br />

Total number of species<br />

Fisher a-index<br />

Number of benthonics/200 planktonics<br />

Fig. 40 Distribution chart of the benthonic species in the upper part of the Narbone formation at<br />

Capo Rossello (exposure 6).


The lower O'-indices in most of the darker intervals are caused by the<br />

abundance of a single species, Bulimina aculeata. In intervals Band F this<br />

species is rare or absent, a fact which accounts for the more regular 0'-<br />

values. An extreme example of low O'-value is sample 25 in which a very<br />

large number of specimens of only 10 species cause a high B/P ratio.<br />

According to Murray (1973) such low O'-values of 2-3 are indicative<br />

of lagoonal and restricted, nearshore environments, marshes, bays and<br />

estuaries. It is unlikely that such environments played a role in this instance,<br />

but the low values show the severity of the ecological stress.<br />

From these data we have to conclude that at the approach of periods<br />

of manganese-enrichment and immediately after such periods, the quality<br />

of the bottom conditions was good. During the acme of such enrichment,<br />

conditions at the bottom were usually appreciated by fewer species but<br />

in relatively greater numbers.<br />

The predominance of a few taxa in the upper four samples with supposedly<br />

shallower affinities, e.g. Cassidulina laevigata var. carinata and Cibicides<br />

pseudoungerianus, is responsible for the decreasing diversity.<br />

Distribution<br />

of species<br />

Cibicides pseudoungerianus is one of the most frequent species encountered<br />

throughout the section (fig. 39). Bigenerina nodosaria, Cibicides bradyil<br />

Cibicides robertsonianus, Eggerella bradyi, Planulina ariminensis, Pullenia<br />

spp. and Uvigerina peregrina are present in most of the samples in appreciable<br />

numbers. Siphonina bradyana shows an irregular decrease in frequencies<br />

towards the top of the section. A group of more or less successful<br />

species of the Trubi are present in most of the marly samples but in smaller<br />

quantities than before: Globocassidulina subglobosa, the Gyroidina species,<br />

Oridorsalis stellatus, O. umbonatus and Karreriella species. The fairly common<br />

Trubi species Cibicides italicus rapidly disappears from these more<br />

clayey sediments.<br />

Most interesting, however, is the appearance of new taxa from the second<br />

dark coloured interval upwards. Bulimina aculeata, Bulimina exilis and<br />

Epistominella smithi are most conspicuous (fig. 41). The first species forms<br />

almost 50% of the fauna in the dark-coloured interval D, and reappears again<br />

in level H forming 40% of the assemblage. In an upward direction all peak<br />

abundances of this species occur in the manganese-rich intervals. B. exilis<br />

has only been recorded from the manganese-rich interval G, especially in<br />

sample 25, in which it constitutes 46.5% of the assemblage. In the same<br />

interval E. smithi appears as 22% of the fauna. It is almost the only species<br />

in the next higher sample and does not recur in the overlying sediments.


------ Cibicides lobatu(us<br />

-- Hanzawaia. boueana<br />

............. Planu(ina ariminensis<br />

_.-.-.- Cibicides pseudoungerianus<br />

EJ Bu(imina aculeata<br />

~ Bulimina. exilis<br />

EIm Epistominfl/{a<br />

smithi


------ Cibicides lobatu/us<br />

-- Hanzawaia boueana<br />

............. Planu/ina ariminensis<br />

_.-._.- Cibicides pseudoungerianus<br />

EJ Bulimina aculeata<br />

~ Bufimina exilis<br />

[JJ Epfstomin&lIa<br />

smithi


Bulimina inflata, Hopkinsina bononiensis and Bolivina alata are first recorded<br />

in the upper part of the section and they too reach relative peaks in<br />

the manganese-rich intervals (fig. 39).<br />

Uvigerina parvula has been counted together with Uvigerina peregrina. No<br />

vertical trends or correlations with the lithology are shown by either of.<br />

the two species.<br />

The change from the biogenic carbonate deposition of the Trubi to a more<br />

clayey sedimentation in the Narbone formation is reflected in the concurrent<br />

change in faunal composition. Species, characteristic for the Trubi, diminish<br />

in numbers towards the top of this formation (called Trubi-runners in fig.<br />

48). Other species or groups of species increase in abundance in the same<br />

direction, e.g. the epiphytic species (from 2-7% in the Trubi to 17-23% in<br />

the Monte Narbone marls, fig. 48).<br />

Cibicides lobatulus, c. pseudoungerianus, and Hanzawaia boueana are the<br />

most conspicuous epiphytic elements. The epiphytic habitat of the latter<br />

species is not known from observations on Recent material but suspected<br />

on the basis of its concavo-convex morphology and its preference for shallow<br />

waters. C. pseudoungerianus occurs in coarser sands of the outer part of the<br />

Orinoco shelf (Drooger and Kaasschieter, 1958), on muddy substrates from<br />

shallow to bathyal environments in the Mediterranean '(Blanc-Vernet, 1969),<br />

as sessile forms between 0 and 660 m near the Falkland Islands (Heron-Allen<br />

and Earland, 1932), with fixed habitat on calcareous mollusc debris at 20<br />

to 60 m water-depth in the Bay of St. Brieuc (Dupeuble et al., 1971), or as<br />

epiphytic forms in the inter- and forereef facies of Barbuda where coarse,<br />

angular carbonate sands or Homo trema-sands form the substrate (Brasier,<br />

1975). This species is also recorded from clayey substrates in the Barentsz<br />

Sea with highest frequencies at 350 m (Jarke, 1960) and in the Andaman<br />

Sea at 800 to 1000 m and 1600 to 1800 m (Frerichs, 1970). Cibicides<br />

lobatulus is also a species living fixed to vegetation as well as free in the<br />

sediment of the Mediterranean (Blanc-Vernet, 1969). The depth ranges of<br />

both species is shown in figs. 25 and 26, respectively, from which it appears<br />

that both may live in shallow to moderately deep waters (down to 500 m,<br />

reported sometimes as deep as 4000 to 5000 m). The recent distribution of<br />

Hanzawaia boueana is not well-known. All available records indicate the<br />

species' preference for shallow water. Highest frequencies (up to 10%) have<br />

been described from water shallower than 85 m along the Spanish Atlantic<br />

coast (van Voorthuysen, 1973).<br />

The high percentages of this group of epiphytic species may indicate<br />

the proximity of vegetated areas. Such areas today have depths not exceeding<br />

50 m because sunlight, needed for photosynthesis, must be able to reach


the bottom-bound vegetation. It should be borne in mind that this entire<br />

group may represent an allochthonous constituent of the assemblage. The<br />

greater abundance of the group may therefore be indicative of increased<br />

transport from coastal areas. The relatively higher marl and clay contents<br />

throughout the section certainly point to an increased supply of terrigenous<br />

clastic fines which could have carried along drifting submarine vegetation<br />

with the adhering epiphytic fauna to the area of deposition at our more offshore<br />

locality.<br />

The depth-ranges of the other species which are reported to occur in<br />

appreciable numbers in most of the samples are shown in figs. 25 and 26.<br />

Bigenerina nodosaria is a species living in fine muddy sediment (LeCalvez,<br />

1958) as well as in fine and coarse sands (Pujos, 1971, and Mathieu, 1971).<br />

Depth ranges are the only data available for Cibicides bradyi/G. robertsonianus.<br />

This latter species, which appears to be a morphological variant<br />

of the former (see also pflum and Frerichs, 1976), prefers bottoms in excess<br />

of 155 m depth and it is most abundant between 600 and 1100 m in the<br />

Gulf of Mexico (Phleger, 1951, and Parker, 1954). All available data on<br />

Eggerella bradyi concern depth; other environmental information has not<br />

been found. Planulina ariminensis, a dominant outer shelf species in Baja<br />

California (Bandy, 1961), shows a peak abundance in the Gulf of Gascogne<br />

between 900 and 1200 m; this is thought to be related to oxygen minima<br />

and increased salinities (Pujos, 1970). It is found living in clays and clayey<br />

sands between 270 and 1120 m off the Sahara coast (LeCalvez, 1972). The<br />

Pullenia group of species, comprising quinqueloba (including quadriloba),<br />

bulloides and salisburyi, is present at every latitude and at almost every<br />

depth (Cushman, 1918). According to Cushman, P. quinqueloba and P.<br />

bulloides prefer deeper and cooler waters. Uvigerina peregrina is found living<br />

at 1 to 20 m and between 30 and 40 m in waters surrounding Tobago Island<br />

in frequencies of 1 to 5% (Radford, 1976). It forms 15 to 24% of the assemblages<br />

at depths greater than 1100 m in the Gulf of Gascogne (Caralp<br />

et al., 1970). Relative high frequencies are reached down to 1600 m in the<br />

N.E. Gulf of Mexico (Parker, 1954). This species is known to live in fine and<br />

coarse sands (Pujos, 1971) and may reach up to 81% of the assemblage in<br />

pelitic sediment off the Orinoco where it is independant of depth, avoids<br />

salinity fluctuations and is supposed to be a true mud-feeder, according<br />

to Drooger and Kaasschieter (1958).<br />

Bulimina aculeata appears to be the most successful species in most, but<br />

not all manganese-rich levels. The bathymetric distribution of this taxon<br />

(fig. 25) is wide, as it is reported from 1 to 4700 m. In the Gulf of Mexico<br />

it seems to prefer depths between 500 and 2000 m (Phleger, 1951, and


Parker, 1954). In the Andaman Sea this species forms 50% of the assemblages<br />

between 300 and 400 m (Frerichs, 1970). In the Gulf of Taranto<br />

highest frequencies are reached at a depth of 100 m (Iaccarino, 1969) and in<br />

the Adriatic its greatest abundance was recorded at 26 to 27 m and at 32 m<br />

(Iaccarino, 1967). Blanc-Vernet (1969) describes this species from the<br />

French Mediterranean coast as an abundant form occurring in coastal and<br />

bathyal clays from 40 to 50 m downwards and increasing in abundance<br />

with depth to 300 m. In the Atlantic this form is reported to be abundant<br />

at 90 to 105 m and 180 to 210 m (LeCalvez, 1958) and in the Antarctic<br />

it is abundant at 870 m and 1900 m (Uchio, 1960). The species lives in fine<br />

sands (Pujos, 1971) off the Gironde. In the Gulf of Lion it occurs in waters<br />

shallower than 20 m and is described to be euhaline (S = 30-40 gll, Levy,<br />

1971). Barbieri and Medioli (1969) recorded this species from the Scotian<br />

shelf on sandy bottoms, though in small numbers, between 38 and 145 m.<br />

This taxon is not successful in all manganese-rich intervals. In the most<br />

conspicuous interval G it appears to be entirely absent. Another Bulimina<br />

species, B. exilis, has taken its place. This species is entirely restricted to this<br />

interval G, especially to the level of sample 25. This species is by no means<br />

rare in deep waters (Cushman, 1918) but it seems to be temperature controlled,<br />

living between 2000 and 2300 m off California in waters of 1.9 to<br />

2.2°C (Bandy, 1953), whereas it is also recorded in shallow (54 m), cold<br />

Arctic waters off the East Siberian Coast (Todd and Low, 1966). All available<br />

data concerning its present-day distribution in the oceans are shown in<br />

fig. 26.<br />

It seems likely that none of the depth and temperature data are of great<br />

importance for the flood occurrences of these Bulimina species. Probably<br />

there is some other factor that defines the peak values. The fact that such<br />

species may become similarly frequent prior to the Messinian salinity crisis<br />

(Cita, 1973) leads to the assumption that the metalliferous "brines" may<br />

have temporarily disturbed the salinity of the bottom waters. A further<br />

consequence might be oxygen depletion because of the precipitates. Neareuxinic<br />

bottom conditions seemed to have played a role in the Early Messinian<br />

as well (op. dt., p. 208; Di Napoli Alliata, 1964; Salvatorini, 1968). In<br />

Italian pre-evaporitic marls other representatives of the Bolivina/Bulimina<br />

group are associated with the oligotypical Bulimina aculeata assemblages,<br />

amongst which Bolivina dilatata is frequent.<br />

The representatives of Bolivina dilatata are also capable of coping with<br />

worsened bottom conditions. This species forms an important faunal element<br />

in laminated sediments of the Santa Barbara basin, which are deposited<br />

in low oxygen environments (Harman, 1964; Barbieri and Medioli, 1964). Its


N<br />

,. ~<br />

I~ ~ ..<br />

~ ,<br />

~ ~ ~ g -u<br />

~ I~ ~ ~.<br />

~ ~ , " ~<br />

~ ~ < . , "" ~<br />

.<br />

E ~"<br />

, , ,<br />

'"<br />

·<br />

.~ ( .~ .~<br />

~ G<br />

~ ~ .~ " ~ ~ "§<br />

~ ~ ~ ~ " " .<br />

\.. i .:~ "<br />

~<br />

, ~<br />

~ i;<br />

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , '><br />

2 ~ ~8<br />

~ ~ , • ~ ~ "<br />

~ ~ ~ ~ ~'t ~Q ~~"<br />

f<br />

50 43 1 65 4<br />

"<br />

71 20 116 ,<br />

" 3 1<br />

, 12 300 31 50<br />

..• 33 9<br />

,<br />

" " 34 4' "<br />

i 32<br />

,<br />

4' 4 ,<br />

9 1 I 12 16 300 10 49<br />

4' 35<br />

1 I<br />

" " 10 20 43 7 .10 50 i 4 i 51 3 1 7 2 14 16 300 9 4'<br />

47 3' 3 B3<br />

"<br />

6 49 9 1<br />

" , '281 7 ,<br />

1 17 1 , "<br />

'00 47<br />

46 56 40 9 4 50 i 17 ! , 6 i<br />

" 3 , " 33 4 300<br />

" " 46<br />

4' 60 3 46 i 8 ij; 71 11 :4 3 1 42<br />

• " , 4<br />

" '00 " "<br />

jl0 2 3 I 6 41<br />

,<br />

14<br />

, 14 300 30 44<br />

43 43 8 73 , Z3 70 12 2 '10 1 I I<br />

" 7 2 9<br />

" " 300 " 43<br />

9 '4 7 9 37 19 2 43 7 4 ; 38 3 IS 4 15 300 16 42<br />

41 4' 7 5? I 4 !1? 52 I i7 2 !16<br />

,<br />

35<br />

, ,<br />

1<br />

,<br />

i "<br />

4<br />

'00 10 41<br />

0 ~ c<br />

-<br />

~ ~ ~ I!.l .; -<br />

M 44 2B<br />

•<br />

45 , 31 76<br />

"<br />

L 4'<br />

"<br />

.<br />

" "<br />

K 40 '4 9 331 10 I 8 73 19 3 27 7 i • ,<br />

30 2 3 " " I 3 17 300 " 40<br />

J<br />

" " 24 92 " I " , I 12<br />

,<br />

12 1 , 300<br />

, , " " "<br />

" 9 75 ~ 12 I 18 67 10 2 15 2 22<br />

" " 300 11 "<br />

39 43 11<br />

38<br />

37<br />

I<br />

36 30 j 12 50! 23 60 35 7 3 20 I I 21 1<br />

35 2r I 69 I<br />

,<br />

! 37<br />

4 '4 300 31 36<br />

"<br />

7' 43 , 27<br />

, , i14 3 I 9 I , I 9 14 300 7 35<br />

34 65 51 2 i13 40 10 3<br />

" , 67 I I I 1<br />

S 14 ;00 10 34<br />

I<br />

"<br />

33 44 1 37<br />

, i 7 so z; 3 16 7<br />

,<br />

I 71 11 300 4 33<br />

I<br />

I 32 85 , 41 , I<br />

,<br />

" 11 7 24 I, ,<br />

1 1 I 60<br />

"<br />

1<br />

,<br />

9<br />

"<br />

300<br />

" 32<br />

31<br />

,<br />

" I " 4 74 19<br />

, 21 3<br />

,<br />

41 4 I '261 3 14 16 300<br />

" 31<br />

H 30 56 I 63 4 , 50<br />

, 'I S<br />

I S 26 S I 501 z 10 16 300 41 ;0<br />

6<br />

F<br />

,<br />

" so I 83' 6 7 47 2 ;15<br />

I 1 1 3 38<br />

, I S I , 17 300 17 29<br />

2S 45 I 44 7 1<br />

3 11 3 1 S 4 3 33<br />

, 1 11<br />

16 2S<br />

"<br />

"<br />

4<br />

"<br />

300<br />

27<br />

"<br />

I<br />

Z6<br />

, 1 1 I I 4 10 I 1 S<br />

21 3 '7<br />

, 3 z; , , 8 11 11 142 2 1 , 16 300 40 27<br />

" "<br />

25 40 I 30 ,<br />

24 1<br />

" " • , I 9 7 1 135 11 15 300 ;s<br />

'4 44 36 1<br />

"<br />

" , 3<br />

, 3 2 7 9 1>5 3<br />

," " 300 " '4<br />

"<br />

41 I 71 1 43 14<br />

i<br />

•<br />

9 1 11 37 1<br />

, 20 10<br />

" " • 300 "<br />

22 48<br />

, 42 I 51 13 4 '7 8 2 3 87 6 3 1 , 15 300 , 2'<br />

" 49 I '"<br />

20<br />

"<br />

E 19 ;7 67 1 4<br />

1 1 37 14 , II 7 2 I ,45 3 14 ;0 14<br />

• "<br />

" , 10 14 300 17 2O<br />

"'I<br />

3 6 S I , ,IZ 2 1 101 1 2 17<br />

.-<br />

300 6 19<br />

72 3 2 20 7 I 16 S<br />

,<br />

4<br />

"<br />

4<br />

18 67 89 3 53 B 2 2<br />

, , 24 , , , : 41<br />

, 13 300 6<br />

"<br />

17 39<br />

"<br />

3 16 33 2 2 3 4 I<br />

'" , :<br />

i 1<br />

1191 6 14 300 41 17<br />

D<br />

"<br />

46 61<br />

, , 4' 3 2 9 4 I 2 20 4 1 1 ,<br />

i 15 300 13 16<br />

"<br />

C 15 52 1 50 2 24<br />

,<br />

2<br />

13 300 15<br />

"<br />

14 72 70 2 6 70 , . I B 2 I 40 II 2 I 2 '4 300 10 '4<br />

13 61 6. I 54 4 2 12 I 2<br />

,<br />

6B<br />

12 39<br />

,<br />

"<br />

I<br />

" I 6 " , , ! ! 100 .•<br />

15 2<br />

I'<br />

I<br />

, 14 300 9 13<br />

• 11 46 4 63 4 I 17 I 2 9 1 , I 24 4 , ,65 4 16 300 13 II<br />

4 41 3 7<br />

"<br />

2 I 7 ;0<br />

"<br />

3 !65 16 300<br />

" 12<br />

, 14 300 4 9<br />

10 47 7' 4<br />

• 46 4 13 , 7 14 65 6 4 II 13 300 B 10<br />

9 57 63<br />

,<br />

3 74<br />

, , 15 , 2<br />

•<br />

, I<br />

'7<br />

I'<br />

,<br />

A 56 41 I 6 60 , 7<br />

" 2 3 14 " 7 I<br />

4 14 300<br />

"i " ,<br />

7 50 1M 1 4 63 3 4 II 14 2<br />

"<br />

B<br />

6 1 I 3 15 300 2 7<br />

6 44 7. 1 ... 3 I 27 I 4 6B 3 3 17 ' 2 4 15 300 , ,<br />

, 47 10' 3<br />

, , "<br />

2<br />

,<br />

" 3 52 'i'<br />

, B 14 300 6 5<br />

4 44 2<br />

,<br />

"" 3 3 29 II 2 " 2 I I ;0 2 9 3 16 300 , •<br />

3 ;; 3 106 , ,<br />

"<br />

10 5 19 5 1 I 30<br />

, I I 6<br />

9 3<br />

2 63 B4 , 10 37 3 2 17 2 2 9 61 I I ! I 5 15 300 8 2<br />

i<br />

: I , 4 17 300 4 1<br />

1 35 1 80 3 1 ;g 13<br />

,<br />

37 6<br />

, 7 1 60<br />

,<br />

"<br />

300


athymetric distribution is shown in fig. 26.<br />

Epistominella smithi forms the third abundant species in interval G. All<br />

representatives of this species appear to have undergone some mechanical<br />

erosion as evidenced by broken-off parts on the tests, and may well form an<br />

allochthonous constituent of this oligotypical assemblage. Murray (1973)<br />

regards this species to be a reliable indicator of depths between 365 and<br />

1100 m off the Californian coast. The irregular morphology of the spiral<br />

side and its plano-convex to concavo-convex shape suggest a possible adhering<br />

mode of life (see also fig. 26). This species is also found in Upper<br />

Miocene, laminated sediments of Southern California which are regarded<br />

to have been deposited in low-oxygen environments (Harman, 1964).<br />

Other species which are introduced in the top of this section, showing<br />

a preference for the brown-coloured intervals, are Bulimina inflata and<br />

Bolivina alata. The former species is widely distributed in comparatively<br />

deep water, especially in Globigerina-oozes (232-3125 m, Atlantic Ocean,<br />

Cushman, 1918). In the Gulf of Gascogne it is recorded below 1500 m<br />

(Wright, 1977). Bolivina alata is found living at 570 m in clays off the<br />

Sahara coast (LeCalvez, 1972). It does not exceed the 0.2% in assemblages<br />

recovered from the Gulf of Gascogne between 560 and 3200 m (Caralp<br />

et al., 1970). Iaccarino (1969) describes this species trom between 10 to<br />

610 m in the Gulf of Taranto, where it reaches up to 18% of the fauna at<br />

610 m of water-depth, preferably living at depths exceeding 100 m.<br />

No data are available concerning the distribution of Hopkinsina bononiensis<br />

in the recent oceans.<br />

Planktonic foraminifera<br />

The planktonic foraminiferal faunas from the Monte Narbone marls<br />

are generally well preserved. Brown coating may obscure some of the details<br />

on the tests in the manganese-rich sediments, especially at the level ofpp 15.<br />

The amount of broken specimens is low except in the latter sample.<br />

Species diversity<br />

The number of planktonic species per 300 counted individuals varies between<br />

approximately 12 and 18 (fig. 38). Only in samples 26 and 37 is the<br />

number very low, probably as a consequence of post-sedimentary dissolution.<br />

No significant fluctuations are seen across the manganese-rich intervals,<br />

a behaviour similar to that observed for the laminated/non-laminated alternation<br />

at Capo Rossello. In the upper part of the Narbone formation the<br />

species diversity is somewhat lower (12 to 13) and only 9 species are record-


ed from the uppermost sample (figs. 38 and 43).<br />

From the diversity log it appears that diversity did not fluctuate much<br />

because of the occasional dominance of a single species, Globorotalia bononiensis.<br />

The precipitation from metalliferous solutions may have influenced<br />

the planktonic foraminiferal production, as might be concluded from the<br />

high B/P ratios, but there is no proof for this assumption.<br />

In the topmost sample 156 the B/P ratio reaches its maximum value,<br />

whereas the plankton diversity drops to the small number of 9. These data<br />

suggest increased ecological stress in the water-column and more favourable<br />

conditions at the bottom (a = 12). These observations may be explained by<br />

a smaller depth of deposition, which diminishes the size of the ecological<br />

niche for planktonic life and favours benthonic productivity.<br />

154 155<br />

40 2<br />

70 92<br />

5 65<br />

88 29<br />

28 36<br />

19 16<br />

1 3<br />

21 30<br />

14 9<br />

3 15<br />

4<br />

2 2<br />

5 1<br />

300 300<br />

12 12<br />

~<br />

Globigerina<br />

Globigerina<br />

apertura<br />

falconensis<br />

Globigerina quinqueloba<br />

Globigerinita glutinata<br />

Globigerinoides elongatus<br />

Globigerinoides obliquus<br />

Globigerinoides ruber<br />

Globorotalia bononiensis<br />

Globorotalia subscitula<br />

Neogloboquadrina acostaensis<br />

Orbulina universa<br />

Globigerina bulloides<br />

Globorotalia crassaformis<br />

Miscellaneous<br />

Indeterminable<br />

Total number of counted specimens<br />

Total number of counted species<br />

Fig. 43 Distribution chart of the planktonic species in the upper part of the Narbone formation at<br />

Capo Rossello (exposure 6).<br />

Distribution of species<br />

In fig. 44 the numerical distribution of some selected species has been<br />

reproduced graphically. The manganese-rich intervals are shown as dotted<br />

horizontal bands. The 4 samples from the upper part of the Narbone formation<br />

at Capo Rossello are in the top of this figure.<br />

An obvious relation between sediment and faunal distribution is demonstrated<br />

by Globorotalia bononiensis. Maximum percentages are recorded


in the manganese-rich interbeds (B to E and G to J). Interval F is the only<br />

dark layer within the range of this species from which it is missing (sample<br />

21). It is abundant however in the directly underlying normal grey-coloured<br />

marl of sample 20. Abundances up to 50% are reached in interval G. Due to<br />

these very high percentages most other species in these intervals show frequency<br />

drops. G. bononiensis appears and disappears from the record, and<br />

its high frequencies form true acmes.<br />

With the exception of Globigerinoides elongatus, all Globigerinoides<br />

taxa have been entered as a single group for supposed ecological similarities.<br />

This group is fairly common throughout the section but in general there<br />

seems to be a fluctuating decrease in numbers to the fairly small quantities<br />

in the upper four samples (153-156) at Capo Rossello. It is remarkable that<br />

this group shows irregular small peaks in the higher manganese beds K-N<br />

after the disappearance of G. bononiensis. G. elongatus seems to show a<br />

slight increase from bottom to top to reach a peak abundance in sample<br />

153.<br />

Globigerina quinqueloba is another species which seems to show some<br />

irregular increase in numbers in an upward direction. Peaks occur in both<br />

types of sediment.<br />

Globigerina bulloides is peculiar for its sudden bloom of about 20% in<br />

sample 35. From this level upwards this species is somewhat more frequent<br />

than it was below, but its frequency does not extend beyond 6%.<br />

The number of specimens of Globigerina falconensis tends to decrease<br />

through the topmost Trubi and into the lower Narbone formation. It is this<br />

species which shows a peak in the dark unit F from which G. bononiensis<br />

is missing. In the widely fluctuating pattern higher up, the peaks avoid the<br />

dark layers.<br />

Globigerina apertura reaches a maximum in interbed I to decrease in<br />

abundance towards the top of the section. This trend seems to continue<br />

towards the top of the formation (samples 153 to 156).<br />

Globigerinita glutinata and Neogloboquadrina acostaensis are frequent<br />

elements in many of the samples but do not seem to show vertical trends.<br />

Minimum values for both species are related to the various peaks of G.<br />

bononiensis. Globigerina pachyderma-types, incorporated in the acostaensis<br />

group, occur from the level of sample 43 upwards (fig. 42).<br />

Globorotalia crassacrotonensis and Globorotalia inflata show subsequent<br />

appearance levels and do not recur in the topmost four samples at Capo<br />

Rossello. The highest percentages of both species are in the regular, grey<br />

coloured marls.


~<br />

'53<br />

18<br />

D 17<br />

16<br />

C 15 ~<br />

'4<br />

13 Ul<br />

B ~~ \ .~<br />

, 0<br />

10 :::::<br />

A 8<br />

9 il<br />

7 .~<br />

6 '-<br />

;\ .~<br />

,."<br />

3 , 0<br />

2 I i3<br />

, ,<br />

An obvious relation exists between the peaks of Globorotalia bononiensis<br />

and Bulimina aculeata (cf. figs. 41 and 44). Both species show a definite<br />

preference for darker sediments supposedly rich in ferromanganese-oxides or<br />

rather a tolerance for the environmental factors that caused these sediments.<br />

It is likely that the same or related ecological factors simultaneously influenced<br />

foraminiferal life at the bottom and in the overlying water column.<br />

However, there are several deviations from the general picture. Both<br />

species are not met with in internal F (sample 21) in which these oxides are<br />

recorded in increased, though not dramatically higher, quantities (fig. 33).<br />

B. aculeata is also missing from intervals A, C, E, G and I, in which G.


50<br />

1~N<br />

47<br />

46<br />

45<br />

43<br />

4 M<br />

42 L<br />

41<br />

4<br />

39<br />

38<br />

37<br />

36 J<br />

35<br />

34<br />

33<br />

32 I<br />

31<br />

29<br />

28<br />

27<br />

~~ G<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

21 F<br />

20<br />

19 E<br />

18<br />

17 0<br />

16<br />

15 C<br />

14<br />

13<br />

W<br />

B<br />

'0<br />

9<br />

8 A<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2 ,<br />

Fig. 44 Graph showing the numerical distribution of the most frequent planktonic species at Punta<br />

Piccola and in the top part of the Narbone formation in exposure 6 at Capo Rossello.<br />

bononiensis does show higher frequencies. In interval G its place is taken by<br />

Bulimina exilis. Above interbed K we lose control, because G. bononiensis<br />

disappears from the column, possibly as a consequence of evolution. During<br />

deposition of intervals A, C, E and I some ecological factor influenced<br />

planktonic life in the watercolumn causing the relative expansion in numbers<br />

of G. bononiensis, while bottom-life seems to have remained unaffected. It<br />

seems, for instance, that during deposition of interval C, properties of the<br />

water column (or its upper part) changed, the effect of which extended to<br />

the bottom as late as during the deposition of the sediment of the following<br />

interval D, eventually supporting the expansion of B. aculeata. Although it


seems reasonable to hold the addition of metalliferous solutions responsible<br />

for the changes in the water-column, it is clear that not all periods of precipitation<br />

from such solutions show indications in the faunas, e.g. in interval F<br />

(sample 21). Moreover, the peak of G. bononiensis in the directly underlying<br />

level of sample 20 suggests again that the chemical changes occurred<br />

prior to the ferromanganese precipitation in interval F, which left the<br />

bottom fauna unaffected. These anomalies might be explained by variable<br />

concentrations and durations of the chemical admixtures.<br />

The ferromanganese-oxides also precipitated on the foraminiferal tests.<br />

Such coatings have not been observed in the under- and overlying grey marly<br />

sediments, once again indicating the almost synsedimentary nature of the<br />

process. The large numbers of broken specimens in sample 15 are not understood;<br />

they may be due to rough handling during the washing and sieving<br />

procedure of the sample.<br />

The sudden bloom of Globigerina bulloides in sample 35 and the subsequent<br />

entry of Globorotalia inflata in sample 38 seem to indicate decreasing<br />

water-temperatures. In the present oceans both forms prefer cooler water.<br />

The latter taxon is regarded an excellent indicator and the only indigenous<br />

species of the Northern and Southern Transition Zones (Be and Tolderlund,<br />

1971, p. 119). G. bulloides is a dominant species in subarctic and subantarctic<br />

waters. It has a wide distribution and is common in transitional and<br />

antarctic waters (op. cit., p. 119). Globigerina quinqueloba, which also<br />

shows an upward increase tendency, occurs especially in subarctic and subantarctic<br />

waters, but it is also frequent in arctic, antarctic and transitional<br />

waters (op. cit., p. 115). At lower latitudes the latter two species may remain<br />

frequent below the thermocline.<br />

The combined Globigerinoides taxa include some forms that today prefer<br />

warmer water: G. sacculiferus, G. ruber and G. trilobus (cf. Cifelli and<br />

Smith, 1974; Reiss et al., 1974). The two extinct species, Globigerinoides<br />

obliquus and G. extremus, are generally regarded as tropical-subtropical<br />

forms. This group seems to decrease in numbers in the higher part of the<br />

Punta Piccola column. Globigerinoides elongatus was singled out for its<br />

opposite trend. It shows a slight increase towards the higher levels and<br />

reaches a peak in sample 153. According to Hecht and Savin (1970) Globigerinoides<br />

ruber phenotypes with a diminutive final chamber point to<br />

isotopic temperatures 1 to 4.5°C colder than the phenotypes with a normal<br />

final chamber from the same samples. This small final chamber was found to<br />

be flattened in the sample with the greatest temperature difference. These<br />

forms may well resemble our G. elongatus specimens. According to these<br />

authors the environment of this form must be the deeper, colder water.


Emiliani (1974) analyzed core material from the Eastern Mediterranean<br />

isotopically and found environmental changes across the glacial/interglacial<br />

cycles to be reflected in the morphology of the shells of G. rubra populations.<br />

His G. rubra rubra types (corresponding to our G. ruber) were found<br />

to be restricted to warmer periods and the G. rubra gomitulus types (corresponding<br />

to our G. elongatus) are predominant at lower temperatures.<br />

These latter types are small, very compact specimens with very small openings<br />

(op. cit., pI. 1, 42 cm and 182 cm; pI. 2, 382 cm, 602 cm and 708.5<br />

cm). These observations fit in perfectly with the observed trend in our section.<br />

The assumed cooling tendency obviously favoured the development of<br />

the smaller compact specimens belonging to G. elongatus. Although Globigerina<br />

falconensis is described as being an ecophenotypic variant of G. bulloides,<br />

occurring especially in subtropical waters (Be and Tolderlund, 1971,<br />

p. 119), no obvious trend is recorded from bottom to top. Therefore we did<br />

not add this taxon to the Globigerinoides species group that is considered<br />

to indicate warmer water. G. bulloides, G. quinqueloba and Globorotalia<br />

inflata were combined to form a group with cooler water preference.<br />

The relative proportions<br />

of these two groups (R = ---'!!-), shown in fig.<br />

W+C<br />

45, demonstrates that the cooler taxa increase strongly from the level of<br />

sample 33 upwards. The occasional peaks of the warmer taxa do not interfere<br />

with this overall tendency which remains clearly perceptible. These<br />

peaks seem to coincide with dark layers. The picture obtained from the<br />

4 samples of the upper part of the Narbone formation possibly indicates a<br />

cyclic nature in the temperature variation. The appearance of pachydermatypes<br />

from the level of sample 43 upwards corroborates very well the assumption<br />

of a cooling trend.<br />

A similar picture might be obtained if depth of deposition increased. As<br />

discussed above, however, depth of deposition is thought to have decreased,<br />

thus supporting the assumption that water-temperatures near the surface<br />

were indeed lowered.<br />

This interpretation finds strong support in the work of Magne et aL<br />

(1972) who recognized the immigration of classical cold malacofaunas, often<br />

cited from the Mediterranean Quaternary, into the upper part of their "zone<br />

a inflata". Their Realmonte section practically coincides in its upper reaches<br />

with our section 6 from which samples 153 to 156 were derived. From the<br />

level of their sample 20322 upwards they recorded Astarte sulcata, Lucina<br />

borealis and Natica montacuti which are found in Pliocene deposits in<br />

England and inhabit the North Atlantic Ocean today. Accordingly they<br />

suggested that this upper part of the section, between their levels 20322 and


Graph showing the relative proportions of individuals of warmer and colder taxa throughout<br />

the section of Punta Piccola and the toppart of the Narbone formation at Capo Rossello<br />

(exposure 6). Dotted signature indicates proportion of warmer taxa, including all Globigerinoides<br />

species, but excluding G. elongatus. Colder taxa include G. bulloides, G. quinqueloba<br />

and G. inflata.


20323, was deposited at the transition from the Pliocene to the Pleistocene<br />

in a progressively cooling and shallowing sea (op. cit., p. 154).<br />

Ciaranfi and Cita (1973) conclude that some of the most significant<br />

climatic changes or fluctuations in the later part of the Upper Pliocene took<br />

place between about 2.6 - 2.1 m.y. B.P. An age of 3 m.y. B.P. has been<br />

assessed for another distinct period of relatively cold or cool climate, which<br />

would correspond to the base of the Nebraskan (as recorded in the Gulf of<br />

Mexico). This event is furthermore correlated with the onset of ice-rafted<br />

detritus in the North Atlantic and with the middle Villafranchian fauna<br />

(op. cit., p. 1398).<br />

Most interesting, however, is the entry of Globorotalia inflata at the onset<br />

of cooler conditions. Again it seems likely that ecology controlled the<br />

appearance level as was suggested before for the Globorotalia puncticulataentry.<br />

Paleobathymetric<br />

estimates<br />

In figures 39 and 40 the distribution of the benthonic fauna is reproduced.<br />

These distribution charts are considered to be sufficiently clear in themselves,<br />

and the dominant forms have not been singled out in a separate<br />

diagram. The number of forms dominating an assemblage (i.e. 10 or more<br />

specimens per sample) varies between 1 and 9. 37 species or groups of<br />

species appear with this frequency in one or more of the 50 Punta Piccola<br />

samples.<br />

The upper depth limit of 23 assemblages in this section lies approximately<br />

between 40 and 50 m as is indicated by the deepest upper depth limits of<br />

Planulina ariminensis and Siphonina bradyana (fig. 46). Seven assemblages<br />

indicate a minimum depth of 76 to 100 m as shown by the deeper upper<br />

depth limit of Cibicides bradyi, whereas 10 assemblages must have lived<br />

deeper than 130 m, according to the still deeper upper depth limits of<br />

Eggerella bradyi and Gyroidina orbicularis. Samples PP 25 and 26 are characterized<br />

by the abundance of Epistominella smithi, a species which is reported<br />

living today between 365 and 1830 m (combined depth estimate, fig. 26).<br />

Samples 37 and 49 are too poor.<br />

The maximum depth of deposition is indicated for 22 samples by the<br />

deepest recorded occurrence of S. bradyana at 926 m, which means that all<br />

other dominant forms in these samples have deeper lower depth limits. In<br />

view of the distribution of Cibicides lobatulus eight out of these 22 samples<br />

might have a somewhat shallower maximum depth of 870 m. The lower<br />

depth limit of Hanzawaia boueana possibly indicates that thirteen of these<br />

22 samples might have a still shallower maximum depth of 510 m. Since


4 200 ṃ<br />

N 0<br />

FA U N A<br />

- - - - -<br />

- - -<br />

-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~~<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

5200 m<br />

------ --<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - -<br />

N 0 FA U N A<br />

4 300 4 700 ṃ<br />

- - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

4<br />

_. 020 m<br />

- ---------- -- .<br />

- - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - -<br />

- - -<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

- - - -<br />

- - -<br />

- - -<br />

---- ------ ------ --<br />

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -<br />

--<br />

4 000 m<br />

-<br />

- - -<br />

- - -<br />

- - -<br />

- - -<br />

- - -<br />

- - -<br />

-<br />

-. -----<br />

Chart showing the theoretical and more probable (heavy bars) paleobathymetric range for<br />

each benthonic assemblage in the Punta Piccola section and the upper part of the Narbone<br />

formation at Capo Rossello (exposure 6). Dashed lines refer to samples too poor to furnish<br />

a fair degree of reliability, or to less probable extensions of the depth range.


it is realized that the latter two species may have had an epiphytic habitat,<br />

it is more sensible to rely on Siphonina brady ana. For the 28 samples in<br />

which this species is less frequent than 5%, lower depth limits are much<br />

deeper. Eight of these samples show a maximum depth of 3800 m based<br />

on the dominance of Uvigerina proboscidae. Bigenerina nodosaria places<br />

the maximum depth of 4 samples at 3000 m. The maximum depth of<br />

sample 25 is approximately 850 m, according to the recent distribution<br />

of Bolivina dilatata. [n sample PP 26 the distribution of Lpistominella<br />

smithi defines the upper and lower depth boundaries at 365 and 1850 m<br />

respectively. However, all forms belonging to this species appear to be<br />

mechanically eroded, with parts of the test broken off and missing, which<br />

may indicate a certain amount of transport. The recent distribution of<br />

Bulimina costata indicates for sample 44 a lower depth boundary at 850 m.<br />

The abundance of forms in this sample belonging to Bulimina and Bolivina<br />

is believed to be dependent on the clayey substrate rather than on depth.<br />

A number of taxa show preferential depth distributions. By means of<br />

some of these taxa a more likely depth estimate is constructed (heavy<br />

bars in fig. 46). [t appears that most assemblages have lived, according<br />

to this latter method, between 100 and 400 m. This estimate is based on the<br />

preferential depth of especially Cibicides pseudoungerianus and Planulina<br />

ariminensis and to a lesser degree on Bigenerina nodosaria) Bulimina aculeata,<br />

B. exilis, Globocassidulina subglobosa, Lenticulina spp., Uvigerina<br />

peregrina, U. proboscidea and the epiphytes.<br />

The four samples from the upper part of the Narbone formation at Capo<br />

Rossello contain assemblages which seem to support the inferred upward<br />

decrease in depth of deposition. The dominance of forms belonging to<br />

Cassidulina laevigata var. carinata in the upper two samples must be mentioned<br />

in this respect. Representatives of this species today prefer depths<br />

of between 100 and 200 m (Caralp et al., 1970; Phleger, 1951).<br />

The method applied to obtain these paleobathymetric estimates is not<br />

regarded as very reliable. Other, independent lines of evidence are definitely<br />

needed to support any clue or indication that might be suggested by such a<br />

type of exercise.<br />

BIOSTRATIGRAPHIC POSITION PUNTA PICCOLA SECTION<br />

In our figure 47 the major zonations are compiled and some of Cita's<br />

samples (197 Sa) are fitted into our sample-log. The basal part of the Punta<br />

Piccola section is formed by 12 m of the uppermost Trubi limestones. Within<br />

these limestones our counts record the disappearance of Globorotalia punc-


ticulata and the appearance of Globorotalia bononiensis, in sample 1 and 6<br />

respectively. The zonal boundary between the G. puncticulata Interval-zone<br />

and the G. bononiensis Interval-zone is tentatively placed between samples<br />

5 and 6 (cf. Zachariasse, 1975). It is very possible that G. bononiensis<br />

appears at a lower level but did not figure in our counts due to its original<br />

scarcity.<br />

Magne et al., (1972) studied the Trubi limestones and the Monte Narbone<br />

marls from a nearby section at Realmonte. They placed the lithological<br />

boundary between both units at a bituminous, dark coloured interval from<br />

which their sample 20307 was taken. Directly below this dark layer the first<br />

occurrence of G. bononiensis was recorded in their sample 20306, which<br />

marks the lower boundary of their G. bononiensis Subzone (G. margaritae<br />

Zone). In their sample 20308 directly overlying the dark coloured interval,<br />

they found the first Globorotalia crotonensis and Globorotalia crassula<br />

which define the lower boundary of their G. crotonensis/G. crassula Zone.<br />

This would imply a very condensed interval for their G. bononiensis Subzone.<br />

For this reason they suggest a hiatus at this point, which would agree<br />

well with Decima's suggestion (1964) of a brackish interval at the boundary<br />

between both lithological units, observed in a drilling at Realmonte. Decima's<br />

suggestion of a lagoonal interval (op. cit., p. 86) is based on a single,<br />

meagre assemblage constituted for the greater part of Ammonia beccarii var.<br />

tepida and some Cyprideis fragments. This level was not found in nearby<br />

outcrops. Magne et al. suggested that the boundary-interval represented a<br />

condensed zone and that detailed sampling might solve the problem. In<br />

our opinion this problem is artificial and indicates only that the entries of<br />

G. crotonensis and G. crassula should not be used for biostratigraphic zonations.<br />

According to the revision of the planktonic foraminiferal biozonation of<br />

the Mediterranean Pliocene (Cita, 197 5b), the upper part of the Trubi is<br />

assigned to the Sphaeroidinellopsis subdehiscens Interval-zone. The basal<br />

part of the Narbone formation corresponds to the Globigerinoides elongatus<br />

Interval-zone which is defined by Cita (197 5b) as the interval with the zonal<br />

marker from the extinction horizon of the genus Sphaeroidinellopsis to the<br />

decline of Globigerinoides obliquus extremus. This massive decrease in<br />

abundance virtually coincides with the entry of Globorotalia inflata (op.<br />

cit., p. 540). In our counts G. inflata starts in sample 38. The frequency<br />

distribution of G. obliquus/G. extremus does not show a massive decrease<br />

in abundance towards this level. On the contrary maximum values are reached<br />

well above the level of the appearance of G. inflata (fig. 47). Evidently<br />

we are dealing with different species concepts of G. inflata (pers. comm.


FREQUENCY D ISTR I BUTION<br />

OF SOME SELECTED<br />

!:.::~:~~; •<br />

47<br />

46<br />

45<br />

oAA:<br />

43<br />

·>~:2:.:.<br />

41<br />

::A:


Mrs. Cita), which causes our G. inflata to enter the section some 70 meters<br />

below the appearance of the species ofCita (Cita and Decima, 1975, p. 219,<br />

221).<br />

Gartner (in Cita and Gartner, 1973) describes the appearance of Pseudoemiliana<br />

lacunosa from sample ROS 38. In deep-sea sediments this taxon<br />

appears in the lower part of the Gauss Normal Epoch at about 3.1 to 3.2<br />

m.y. B.P. (op. cit., p. 546).<br />

In fig. 6 of Ryan et al. (1974) the top of the Trubi formation is made to<br />

coincide with the upper boundary of the Spongaster pentas Zone, with the<br />

boundary between NN 15 and NN 16 and with the lowermost part of N 21.


BENTHONIC FORAMINIFERAL ASSOCIATIONS THROUGHOUT THE SOUTH SICILIAN<br />

PLIOCENE<br />

For an analysis of the overall changes of the benthonic foraminiferal assemblages<br />

throughout the Trubi and Monte Narbone formations the sections<br />

were divided into eight successive lithological units:<br />

1) a basal Trubi unit comprising the lowermost 21 samples (1393-73),<br />

2) the non-laminated beds (19 samples) which alternate with<br />

3) the laminated beds (16 samples),<br />

4) four samples from the middle part of the Trubi at Lido Rossello,<br />

5) the Trubi top part at Punta Piccola (PP 1-7),<br />

6) the grey marls of the Narbone formation which alternate with<br />

7) the ferromangenese-rich interbeds,<br />

8) four samples of the upper part of the Narbone formation, at Lido<br />

Rossello.<br />

For the laminated/non-laminated sediments of groups 2 and 3 a closer<br />

set of samples was available which was used for the simultaneous, study<br />

in the programme of the project "Accuracy in Time" (Brolsma, 1978,<br />

V.M.B.17).<br />

The benthonic faunas were split more or less arbitrarily into ten groups.<br />

Fig. 48 shows the species involved in this grouping. The groups are:<br />

1) epiphytes sensu stricto, comprising only those taxa whose adhering<br />

mode of life is known from the literature,<br />

2) possible epiphytes, which incorporate species suspected of a sessile<br />

and adhering mode of life,<br />

3) mud-dwellers, a group of forms which is incomplete since not all<br />

mud-dwellers present are incorporated in this group; for other reasons<br />

they were included in one of the following groups,<br />

4) Trubi-runners, a group in which typical Trubi species are assembled. In<br />

this group Oolina hexagona is singled out as a separate subgroup, whereas<br />

some other well-known or suspected mud-dwellers are also present<br />

(Pleurostomella alternans, Gyroidina species, Siphonina bradyana,<br />

Melonis barleeanus),<br />

5) uniserials, another group of mud-dwelling species differentiated by<br />

their chamber arrangement,


6) Uvigerina peregrina-pygmea and Hopkinsina bononiensis were grouped<br />

for supposed ecological similarities,<br />

7) Uvigerina proboscidea was regarded as a single group for its supposedly<br />

high numbers in the laminated sediments,<br />

8) Bolivina and Bulimina species taken together because of the posItIve<br />

correlations shown by some with the manganese-rich layers of the<br />

Narbone formation,<br />

9) all arenaceous forms were combined for supposed ecological similarities,<br />

10) the last group comprises the miscellaneous and indeterminable forms.<br />

In fig. 48 the percentage-occurrences of these groups are shown in relation<br />

to the lithological subdivisions; the last column shows the total number<br />

of specimens per lithologic unit.<br />

1) The epiphytes s.s. are a minor constituent of the faunas of the lower<br />

part of the Trubi and do not show any preference for laminated or<br />

non-laminated sediments. In the middle part of the Trubi this group<br />

starts to increase in abundance and from the upper 10 ill of the Trubi<br />

up to the top of the Narbone formation the group remains fairly<br />

abundant between 17 and 23%. The manganese-rich intervals have the<br />

lowest percentages (17%).<br />

2) The percentages of epiphytes s.l. show a pattern distinctly different<br />

from that of the epiphytes s.s. Serious doubt may be expressed about<br />

their assumed mode of life. We probably included non-epiphytes in the<br />

group. Percentages of around 10 occur throughout. However, in the<br />

non-laminated beds within the laminated/non-laminated sequence, the<br />

epiphytes s.l. are common, 18.5% versus 6% in the laminated beds. This<br />

difference is mainly a consequence of the increased abundance of<br />

Planulina ariminensis in this part of the section.<br />

3) The mud-dwellers are fairly numerous (10 to 13%) throughout the<br />

Trubi and Narbone formations. They are especially abundant in the<br />

middle part of the Trubi (19%) and show sharply reduced percentages<br />

in the laminated Trubi beds and manganese-rich intervals of the Narbone<br />

formation (3.7 and 6.9% respectively).<br />

4) The Trubi runners are dominant in the lower part of the Trubi (38 to<br />

43%) and decrease towards the middle and top part of the Trubi and<br />

in the overlying Narbone marls (13 to 16%). The group shows definitely<br />

less affinity with the laminated sediments (14%) and more affinity<br />

(43%) with the non-laminated beds.<br />

The Golina hexagona subgroup occurs in low percentages (0.1 to 4%)


IK<br />

<<br />

.o~<br />


throughout the Trubi and Narbone formations. It is strongly predominant<br />

in the laminated Trubi sediments (48%). This high percentage is<br />

reflected in the reduced percentage of most other groups with the<br />

exception of Uvigerina proboscidea. These forms increase in number<br />

despite the dominance of o. hexagona.<br />

5) The uniserials, although rare throughout the sections (2 to 5%), are<br />

slightly better represented in the laminated beds than in the nonlaminated<br />

Trubi beds. Likewise they are twice as abundant in the<br />

manganese-rich intervals as in the grey Monte Narbone marls. The<br />

relative frequencies of this group are the opposite of those of muddwelling<br />

group 3.<br />

6) Uvigerina peregrina, U. pygmea and Hopkinsina bononiensis have relatively<br />

few representatives throughout the sediments (0 to 8%); they<br />

are rare to absent in the middle part of the Trubi without lithological<br />

preference. This group seems to show a slight peak in the manganeserich<br />

intervals of the Narbone formation (7%).<br />

7) Uvigerina proboscidea is rare throughout the sections (0.02 to 3.47%)<br />

but with a maximum of 5.7% in the laminated sediments versus 1.4%<br />

in the accompanying non-laminated beds. No preference is recorded<br />

for the manganese-rich or marly intervals in the Narbone formation.<br />

8) The combined species of Bolivina and Bulimina are present with few<br />

representatives throughout (0.35 to 6.75%), somewhat increasing<br />

towards the top of the Narbone formation. There is a high peak of<br />

21% in the manganese-rich intervals.<br />

9) The arenaceous forms are fairly common throughout the sections (9<br />

to 12%), with slightly lower percentages in the laminated Trubi beds<br />

and in the manganese-rich intervals (approximately 7%), of which<br />

especially the first one is probably of no significance.<br />

10) The remaining group forms 6 to 11% of the assemblages throughout<br />

the sediments without significant trends or changes, with the exception<br />

of 17% in the upper four samples of the Narbone formation, on account<br />

of the dominating presence of Cassidulina laevigata var. carinata.<br />

Samples 42 to 45 and 153 to 156 of the Trubi and Narbone formations,<br />

respectively, do not show major deviations from the overall picture. The<br />

peak occurrence of mud-dwellers (19%) in the middle part of the Trubi is<br />

balanced by the absence of other mud-dwelling forms such as U. peregrina,<br />

U. pygmea and H. bononiensis.<br />

Summarizing we conclude that there is a decreasing trend of typical Trubi<br />

species throughout the Trubi-Narbone sequence. This decrease is compensat-


ed by the increase of epiphytes and the Bolivina-Bulimina group, which may<br />

reflect a shallowing tendency and a greater supply of clay. Towards the<br />

top the faunal composition starts to resemble that of the top-Miocene<br />

Arenazzolo underneath. Superimposed on the general trends the laminated<br />

beds and the manganese-rich beds show deviations in faunal association that<br />

are clearly related to peculiar, though different, bottom conditions.<br />

ARENAZZOLO<br />

After the repeated eVapOrItIc phases of the Messinian had terminated,<br />

the sands, silts and clays of the Arenazzolo were deposited in a shallow<br />

marine environment with occasional brackish and even fresh water influences.<br />

In addition to relatively small numbers of specimens re-worked from<br />

older strata, the sediments contain indigenous and semi-indigenous foraminiferal<br />

faunas which support the shallow water interpretation that is<br />

indicated by the sedimentary features (cf. Brolsma, 1975b). Waves and<br />

burrowing organisms were active intermittently, and sedimentation rates<br />

were variable. The supply of sand decreased in an upward direction, and<br />

ultimately only clay was slowly deposited, under quiet, low-energy conditions.<br />

The calcium-carbonate content of the clay began- to increase and the<br />

blue or green clays are seen to change gradually into marly clay, clayey<br />

marl and marly limestone, and ultimately into hard and cream coloured<br />

Turbi limestone. This change in lithology took place at such a slow pace<br />

that burrowing organisms continued to criss-cross the sediments, their<br />

holes being filled with material of contrasting colour from the overlying<br />

and underlying sediments. The decreasing supply of fine terrigenous clastics<br />

finally resulted in the slow accumulation of the purely biogenic limestone<br />

of the Trubi.<br />

Sedimentation conditions across the ill-defined boundary between Arenazzolo<br />

and Trubi remained basically the same, i.e. slow accumulation under<br />

low-energy conditions during the deposition of the Transitional interval.<br />

There are no lithological data in the area to support the hypothesis of a<br />

sudden, catastrophically increase in water-depth. The water-depth must have<br />

increased fairly gradually. A steady ingression of the sea across a land of low<br />

relief, which for a long time had supplied rather fine sediments, placed our<br />

sections in a more offshore position, thus automatically cutting the supply<br />

of suspended fines to the much smaller quantities of about 30% found in<br />

the Trubi (op. cit., fig. 14).<br />

This gradual change was occasionally interrupted locally by a renewed<br />

supply of terrigenous clastics containing the typical Arenazzolo faunal


assemblages, after which the gradual change to biogenic sedimentation became<br />

re-established. Such vertical alternations reflect rapid horizontal changes<br />

in environmental conditions. They are of more regular occurrence in the<br />

marginal areas of the Cattolica basin (Ogniben, 1957); they are strongly<br />

reduced to scale or absent in the more central parts of the basin, i.e. in the<br />

investigated successions on the southern coast of Sicily.<br />

Paleobathymetrically the change from Arenazzolo to Trubi seems to<br />

correspond to an increase in water-depth of only some 50 m. The maximum<br />

depth of deposition for the cross-stratified Arenazzolo sediments has been<br />

estimated at 50 m, and the lowermost Trubi faunas are indicative of depths<br />

that are not necessarily in excess of 100 m (Brolsma, 1975b, p. 378).<br />

The distribution and composition of the benthonic and planktonic assemblages<br />

in the Arenazzolo and Transitional interval are in fair agreement with<br />

the above assumptions. In the Arenazzolo we find faunal mixing of two<br />

extreme benthonic assemblages, one preferring a muddy substrate and the<br />

other living in shallow coastal waters rich in vegetation. Repeated: increase<br />

of hydrodynamic forces in these shallow waters must have caused the<br />

various mixtures of the faunas; ecological stress, probably caused by salinity<br />

fluctuations, may be held responsible for their dwarfed nature. In the Transitional<br />

interval and in the Trubi, preservation is better, and tests increase to<br />

more normal dimensions. Faunal mixing decreases to a negligible degree.<br />

The benthonic assemblages contain increasing numbers of species that prefer<br />

muddy substrates but live today at depths exceeding 50 to 100 m. All true<br />

shallow water forms disappear in the transitional strata and they are absent<br />

in the overlying Trubi limestones.<br />

The gradual faunal changes of benthonic and planktonic foraminifera<br />

across the Transitional interval must be emphasized. The irregularities in<br />

the distributional patterns of both the benthonic and the planktonic faunal<br />

elements suggest unstable paleoecological conditions during sedimentation<br />

of the transitional and lower Trubi sediments. Such vertical and horizontal<br />

heterogeneity of the faunal distribution reflects the earlier recognized instability<br />

of the water-masses and bottom conditions (Cita, 1973), but this<br />

seems incompatible with faunal patterns in oceanic sediments of abyssal<br />

depths. Another point worth mentioning is that all planktonic species<br />

common in the Trubi are already present in comparable proportions in the<br />

underlying Arenazzolo. Evidently sterilization of this part of the Mediterranean<br />

at the end of the Messinian (Cita, 197 Sa) and the introduction of an<br />

entirely new Atlantic fauna at the beginning of the Pliocene did not take<br />

place.<br />

The presence in substantial numbers of both Globorotalia margaritae and


G. puncticulata, recorded from Arenazzolo sediments down to some 12 m<br />

below the Miocene-pliocene boundary (Brolsma, 197 Sa), is indicative of the<br />

Mediterranean's earlier connections with the Atlantic Ocean in which the<br />

former species is known to have evolved in Late Miocene times (see e.g.,<br />

Parker, 1967, 1973; Blow, 1969; Berggren, 1973 and Brolsma, 1975a).<br />

The introduction of G. puneticulata at this supposedly early date is more<br />

problematic. It is possible, however, that the radiometric dating of its<br />

evolutionary appearance is inaccurate, as suggested by Van Couvering et<br />

al. (1976, p. 27 S), or that this evolutionary entry is just another diachronous<br />

event. More favourable ecological factors are thought to have resulted in<br />

the expansion, well above the base of the Trubi, of this taxon whose sudden<br />

increase in numbers is commonly recognized in the literature as the species'<br />

appearance level that is of biostratigraphic importance.<br />

A gradual rise of sea-level and a slow rate of subsidence of the bottom<br />

seem to be the mechanisms which eventually resulted in the ingression of the<br />

sea, cutting short the supply of terrigenous material and causing a biogenic<br />

sedimentation at relatively shallow depth. Indications of differential rates<br />

of basin floor subsidence are found in the lower part of the Trubi in which<br />

large scale slumping is observed, for instance at Eraclea Minoa (Brolsma,<br />

1975b) and in the Pasquasia section.<br />

Depositional rates were primarily determined by production of planktonic<br />

biomass (Zachariasse, 1978), but a variable supply of terrigenous clastic fines<br />

is thought to have played a role as well. The occasional more clayey intercalations<br />

as well as the marly intervals seem to imply increased rates of sedimentation,<br />

whereas lower rates are assumed for the homogenized and vaguely<br />

bedded limestone beds as well as for the indurated intervals of the<br />

short sequences described from the lower part of the section.<br />

Acceleration of the production of the planktonic biomass seems to have<br />

been responsible for the presence of the six laminated intervals. It has<br />

become apparent that green algae, radiolarians, planktonic foraminifera and<br />

diatoms increased considerably in numbers, thereby increasing the rate of<br />

sedimentation to at least four times the rate calculated for the homogenized<br />

and vaguely bedded limestones. Decomposition of the increased quantities of<br />

organic material may have created adverse reducing conditions for bottom<br />

life, especially below the sediment-water interface. Oxygen depletion at and<br />

below the sediment-water interface was the result, enhancing the in situ formation<br />

of pyrite in lamellae, as single grains and in bore holes, and obstruc-


ting oxygen-dependent bottom life. This process seems to have been responsible<br />

for the preservation of the laminated beds and it explains the dwarfed<br />

nature and the relatively smaller diversity of the surviving benthonic faunas<br />

in these intervals.<br />

Reducing conditions near the bottom, caused by decomposition of the<br />

increased amounts of organic material, may be expected to cause notably<br />

lower PH values as well. Since the remaining, though dwarfed, benthonic<br />

foraminifera continue to be the calcareous ones, and arenaceous species<br />

do not increase in relative numbers, it must be assumed that the unfavourable<br />

PH effect was counterbalanced by the overwhelming quantity of carbonates<br />

raining down as skeleton material of, especially, nannofossils and<br />

foraminifera. If one assumes for the laminated intervals that the PH could<br />

not affect the sediments because of the excess supply of carbonates, it<br />

seems unlikely that a lowering of PH values can explain the hardgroundlike<br />

top of so many small sequences lower down in the Trubi section. One<br />

could suppose that the planktonic rains differed in composition. If there<br />

were for some reason periodical peaks of organic planktonics and lows of<br />

carbonate-secreting organisms, one might expect PH effects to result in<br />

hardgrounds. The benthonic assemblages do not support this hypothesis;<br />

nothing peculiar seems to happen in these sequences. On the other hand we<br />

do know that blooms of siliceous organisms coincided with the deposition<br />

of some of the laminated intervals, whereas for unknown reasons they are<br />

conspicuously absent in others (U.M.B. 17).<br />

The excessively high P/B ratios throughout the Trubi, which invoked ideas<br />

of oceanic conditions and abyssal depths (Cita, 1973), must have been caused<br />

by an abundant nutrient supply to the upper parts of the water masses.<br />

Although it cannot be denied with certainty that supply from land-areas<br />

played a role, the low percentages of clay admixture make such a major<br />

source area for nutrients rather unlikely. If one accepts that a thermocline<br />

was present during the later part of the Trubi sedimentation - post-Sphaeroidinellopsis<br />

acme (Cita, 1976) - we cannot expect very strong effects from<br />

an annual turnover in a subtropical region either. This leaves us with the<br />

possibility that there was large scale upwelling, possibly caused by prevailing<br />

eastward currents of Atlantic water through a connection wider than the<br />

straits of Gibraltar today, across some open Balearic basin, and forced upward<br />

by an incipient Italian rise or some Balkan-Greek mainland. It must be<br />

borne in mind that the very high P/B ratios may also partly be caused by<br />

the poverty of bottom faunas. It is possible that the low supply of terrigenous<br />

material had an adverse effect on the bottom life. In this respect<br />

it is worth mentioning that the most clayey intercalation represented in


our sample 93 suddenly shows a B/P rise to over 0.1, well above the usual<br />

0.01-0.025 values. If the low clay supply can account for the high P/B<br />

ratio of the regular Trubi, stronger upwelling on occasions could have been<br />

another factor that explains the features of the laminated intervals.<br />

The influence of shallower areas is occasionally shown by the presence<br />

of plant remains and Chama-specimens from levels in the fifth laminated<br />

interval and by a sudden bloom of benthonic diatoms (Schrader and Gersonde,<br />

U.M.B. 17) in the same fifth interval (sample CRP 37).<br />

The paleobathymerical reconstruction on the basis of the benthonic<br />

foraminifera is hampered by the lack of characteristic species with narrow<br />

upper and lower depth boundaries in the present oceans. A rather uniform<br />

depth estimate between 100 and 926 m was obtained for the entire Trubi.<br />

The presence of Nuttallides rugosus var. convexus might narrow this range<br />

to 550 to 926 m if our only reference to this species is to be trusted as being<br />

representative. Moreover, the lower depth boundary may be raised to 823 m on<br />

account of the predominance of Nodosaria vertebralis var. albatrossi in two<br />

of the samples. The most likely depth range thus established is only 273m<br />

(from 550 to 823 m) but would be valid only for the laminated intervals.<br />

However, the paleobathymetrical reconstruction is so uniform throughout<br />

that rapidly changing depths of deposition can safely be excluded. It is<br />

therefore reasonable to assume that the narrower depth range from about<br />

500 to 800 m may be valid for the major part of the Trubi at Capo Rosselo.<br />

From the observations on the Trubi intercalation in the Arenazzolo at<br />

Eraclea Minoa and from the paleobathymetrical estimate for the sample<br />

from Buccheri at the northern margin of the Ragusa platform, it may have<br />

become evident that no identical paleobathymetrical reconstruction for<br />

the Trubi at all these localities can be defended. The depth range estimated<br />

for one locality may not overlap at all with the depth ranges concluded for<br />

other localities. Along basinal margins such as those near Buccheri, Trubi<br />

sediments were deposited at shallow depths ("v 200 m), and the same sedimentation<br />

types extended down the slope (Capo Rossello) towards deeper<br />

areas as, for instance, in the Southern Balearic Basin at site 371 (1100-<br />

1400 m; see also Wright, 1977). From this pattern it follows that the paleobathymetry<br />

at the various Trubi localities was a direct consequence of<br />

some paleogeographic configuration existing already in Late Messinian<br />

times. It is regarded as unlikely that the paleogeographic slopes towards<br />

the basinal centres were formed only during deposition of the Trubi. One<br />

would expect such a process to be reflected in the benthonic assemblages.<br />

It is not surprising that no such indications of excessive Pliocene basinal<br />

foundering have been found in the faunal succession in the core material


studied by Wright from site 371 (1977). Accentuation of slope and continued<br />

foundering remain plausible, however.<br />

A dip of the sea-floor in a SE direction at Capo Rossello is indicated by<br />

the lateral movement of the loadcasts at the base of the first laminated<br />

interval. The wavy stretches and fold structures at the base of the third<br />

interval also point to an incline of the sea-floor and to occasional triggereffects<br />

possibly caused by seismic activity.<br />

Indications of differential rates of basin floor subsidence are also found<br />

in the lower part of the Trubi at Eraclea Minoa (fig. 2, section 1). Large<br />

scale slumping in S-SE direction has been observed (Brolsma, 1975b, pI. 3).<br />

At the same locality, a few hundred meters SW of section 3 (see figs. 2, 49<br />

and 50) the uppermost evaporitic beds of the Messinian are intensely folded<br />

in larger, as well as in superimposed, smaller, folds. The axial planes dip in<br />

a W-SW direction indicating that the direction of the movement of the over~<br />

lying masses was towards the E-NE. These structures seem to be filled up<br />

by Arenazzolo sediments which are in turn conformably overlain by the<br />

Trubi limestones. The Arenazzolo attains a thickness of only 6 m instead of<br />

16 m in section 1, which seems to indicate a loss of 10 m of sediment. This<br />

Fig. 49 Southern tip of Capo Bianco, Eraclea Minoa, showing folded selenitic gypsum beds and the<br />

overlying Arenazzolo and Trubi.


loss may be due to the folding. The intensity of the folding indicates that<br />

these structures were formed under a considerable overburden of Trubi<br />

sediments, if not of the entire unit. The Trubi mass seems to have slid downwards,<br />

and the upper evaporitic beds and associated clays acted as lubricating


layers. This movement must have been over a short distance only since no<br />

slip planes were observed and the Trubi-Arenazzolo contact seems to be<br />

undisturbed. The exact time of this sliding cannot be ascertained.<br />

The incline of sea-floor during deposition of the Trubi in a NE to SE<br />

direction is indicated at both localities, at Eraclea Minoa and Capo Rossello.<br />

This possibly points to a fairly consistent topography and the deeper centres<br />

should therefore be sought in eastern or preferably in S-SE directions. This<br />

basin-configuration may find support in the recent submarine topography<br />

(cf. bathymetric chart in: The Mediterranean Sea, Stanley (ed.), 1972), in<br />

which a NW-SE trending trough (down to 1700 m depth) extends between<br />

the islands Pantellaria in the Wand Malta in the E.<br />

The benthonic foraminiferal assemblages recovered from the Narbone formation<br />

indicate primarily a normal, open marine environment in which<br />

marly-clayey sediments were quietly deposited. The depth at which this<br />

process occurred is difficult to estimate since real depth-indicative taxa are<br />

absent. The marly-clayey substrate evidently attracted increasing quantities<br />

of mud-feeders such as the Bolivina-Bulimina group which, however, are<br />

poor bathymetric indicators. The growing importance of epiphytes recorded<br />

from bottom to top may possibly be related to an increasing supply from<br />

coastal areas or to a development of submarine vegetation in the vicinity.<br />

By means of the preferential depths of the most common species the<br />

depth of deposition was estimated to have been between 100 and 400 m,<br />

tending to shallow in an upward direction. The increasing quantities of<br />

mollusc-remains in the younger strata, also recorded from the same interval<br />

in a nearby section by Magne et al. (1972), support this hypothesis.<br />

Compared to the paleobathymetric reconstruction of the Trubi the<br />

Narbone formation seems to have been deposited in a shallower environment.<br />

The more clayey character of the younger formation is thought to<br />

have influenced the deviating composition of the benthonic assemblages and<br />

as a consequence our paleobathymetric estimate may be too shallow. However,<br />

other lines of evidence, such as the changes in lithology, support the<br />

idea of shallowing and an approaching hinterland, which supplied the terrigenous<br />

fines and organic material in increasing quantities.<br />

The B/P ratio rapidly increased in the lower part of the Narbone formation<br />

to 41 specimens per 200 counted planktonic individuals, which either<br />

indicates improving bottom conditions or decreasing plankton production.<br />

The still higher B/P ratios, up to a maximum of 48, in the upper four samples<br />

at Capo Rossello (section 6), would be in agreement with the inferred


shallowing tendency.<br />

This quiet sedimentary process was interrupted at least 14 times by the<br />

deposition of ferromanganese-oxides. Brines, which possibly originated from<br />

subsurface volcanic activity in the area, were rapidly supplied and even<br />

percolated through the topmost sediment. The impact of such brines on the<br />

seawater chemistry is recorded in an area of at least a few km 2 • The effect<br />

on the foraminiferal communities is visible in both the benthonic and the<br />

planktonic assemblages.<br />

Peaks in the B/P ratio coincide with these darker levels, suggesting that<br />

either the productivity of benthonic foraminifera increased or that planktonic<br />

life was suffering. The latter assumption is not substantiated by a<br />

decrease in the number of planktonic species.<br />

The species diversity of the benthonic foraminifera did decrease notably<br />

in the manganese-rich layers. Most minimum values of the Fisher Cl'-index<br />

correspond to these horizons. In many cases these low Cl'-indicesare caused<br />

by the abundance of Bulimina aculeata, a species which may make up as<br />

much as 50% of the assemblage. In the most strikingly dark interval this<br />

species is entirely replaced by Bulimina exilis in an equally high percentage.<br />

Epistominella smithi forms another abundant species in this interval G.<br />

Higher in the section Bulimina inflata, Bolivina alata and Bolivina dilatata<br />

also reach relative peaks in the manganese-rich intervals. Some of these<br />

species (E. smithi, B. dilatata) are thought to increase in relative numbers<br />

in low-oxygen environments (Harman, 1964). Similar faunas are found in<br />

Lower Messinian deposits in the Mediterranean, in which near-euxinic<br />

bottom conditions and increased salinity of the bottom waters are regarded<br />

to have played a major role. Although the success of B. aculeata and the<br />

other Bulimina and Bolivina species cannot be explained from known<br />

environmental factors, it seems likely that the species-restricted benthonic<br />

faunas consist mainly of elements that were capable of coping with the<br />

worsened bottom conditions caused by activity of the pre-Etna.<br />

The effect of the brines on the water chemistry of the overlying water<br />

column seems to be demonstrated by the maximum percentages, up to<br />

50%, of Globorotalia bononiensis in most of the darker horizons. It seems<br />

likely that the same or related ecological factors simultaneously influenced<br />

foraminiferal life at the bottom and in the overlying water column. The<br />

distribution of the predominant species in both realms, B. aculeata and<br />

G. bononiensis, is not identical. Deviations occur for instance in intervals<br />

A, C, E and F from which B. aculeata is missing and in which G. bononiensis<br />

is present. It appears that during deposition of interval C only planktonic<br />

life was affected by the chemical changes, whereas no faunal anomalies were<br />

recorded at the bottom. Only in the next higher interval D did the benthonic


fauna experience this change in environmental conditions. The effect of the<br />

metalliferous solutions seems to have been more instantaneous for planktonic<br />

life in the overlying water column than for the benthonic life at the<br />

bottom. Although it seems plausible to hold the addition of metalliferous<br />

solutions responsible for the changes in the water column, the effects were<br />

different for both communities, and they also varied from interval to interval,<br />

possibly as a result of variable conc~ntrations and durations of the chemical<br />

admixtures.<br />

Superimposed on this process decreasing water-temperatures are concluded<br />

from the level of sample 33 upwards. The sudden bloom of Globigerina<br />

bulloides in sample 35, the subsequent entry of Globorotalia inflata in<br />

sample 38, and the tendency of Globigerina quinqueloba to increase in<br />

numbers upwards, all point in this direction. The corresponding decrease in<br />

numbers of the Globigerinoides group further supports this assumption. The<br />

appearance of Globigerina pachyderma-types at the level of sample 43, again<br />

corroborates the assumption of a cooling trend. Magne et al. (1972) arrived<br />

at similar conclusions on the basis of malacofaunas which they recorded<br />

from the nearby Realmonte section in strata corresponding to those of our<br />

section 6.<br />

The entry of Globorotalia inflata at the onset of cooler conditions seems<br />

to be another, (now) demonstrable, example of an ecology controlled appearance<br />

level, as was suggested before for the Globorotalia puncticulataentry.<br />

The increased rate of clay deposition in the Punta Piccola section started<br />

to obstruct burrowing life from the level of PP 35 upwards, as may be<br />

inferred from the decreasing homogenization and the increasing number of<br />

pyritic intervals.<br />

It is generally accepted that there was a gradual change from biogenic to<br />

more clastic sedimentation in the Middle Pliocene across the island of Sicily.<br />

Middle to Upper Pliocene and even Lower Pleistocene sediments are deposited<br />

in such clastic facies, spanning a considerable time interval. In combination<br />

with the consistently decreasing depth of deposition up into the zone of<br />

wave turbulence, it seems most appropriate to infer that a rising hinterland<br />

was responsible for the ample supply of terrigenous clastic fines. Sea-level<br />

oscillations undoubtedly were superimposed.<br />

The absence of coarse terrigenous material throughout the entire length<br />

of the Narbone section is believed to result from a lack of highly elevated<br />

areas in the hinterland. Probably older sediments of small grain size or high<br />

solubility (argille scagliose, turbidites, Tortonian marls and evaporitic sediments)<br />

were the first to be eroded. If coarser detritus had been available<br />

it would not have come further than the most marginal areas of the basin.


One of the major aims of this investigation was to get a better insight into<br />

the local paleogeography at the end of the Miocene; this in its turn might<br />

contribute to more general conclusions for the entire Mediterranean.<br />

In the sections of Capo Rossello and Eraclea Minoa no clear evidence<br />

was found for a desiccation phase during the deposition of the upper part<br />

of the evaporation cycles. Characteristic desiccasion features such as shrinkage-cracks<br />

or emersion levels have not been observed. A continuous water<br />

cover must have remained. Water-depth cannot be reconstructed with certainty,<br />

but it is thought to have been less than 100 meters. A similar depth<br />

can be concluded for the overlying Arenazzolo.<br />

The gradual lithological change from clastics to carbonates, which is<br />

demonstrated by the Transitional interval between Arenazzolo and Trubi<br />

(fig. 5) and by the occasional alternation of Trubi with typical Arenazzolo<br />

faunas (section 3, Eraclea Minoa, chapter III) is merely a reflection of a<br />

horizontal facies shift in the course of a relatively short time. This resulted<br />

in greater water-depths in the investigated area of the Cattolica basin in an<br />

early phase of the Trubi deposition.<br />

The faunal changes across the boundary interval and within the lower part<br />

of the Trubi reflect the increasing influence of Atlantic waters, which do not<br />

seem to have advanced so catastrophically as proposed by Hsu, Cita and<br />

Ryan (1973). The invading Atlantic waters obviously progressed across a<br />

shallow sea, and drowned an adjoining land area of low relief. The paleogeographical<br />

position of each locality determined the resulting succession of<br />

strata. The reason that such influences are not found in basinal centres of<br />

the Mediterranean may be either the distance from a source of clastic inflow,<br />

or the presence of landward-situated sediment traps.<br />

The paleobathymetrical estimates of the Trubi at Buccheri, Capo Rossello<br />

and site 371, reveal different depositional depths of this sediment-type<br />

in the same relatively short biostratigraphic interval. For the corresponding<br />

time interval in the Early Pliocene a sea-floor gradient can be reconstructed<br />

from the margin of the Cattolica basin to the more interior parts of the<br />

Balearic basin; this gradient goes from roughly 50 meters to around 1400<br />

meters over a distance of some 700 km, corresponding with a sea-floor<br />

gradient of only 7 minutes. Of course it is realized that such a gradient is<br />

only hypothetical and that there were probably many deeps and shallows


etween site 371 and Sicily.<br />

These observations and conclusions together lead to the probability of<br />

a multi-depressional paleogeography for the entire Mediterranean during<br />

at least Late Miocene/Early Pliocene times. This multi-depressional Mediterranean<br />

model was proposed by Marks (in Drooger, 1973) in an effort to<br />

explain the seemingly conflicting implications of the two contradictory<br />

models. The model envisages a checkered pattern which was tectonically<br />

determined and consisted of many sub-basins of variable depths separated<br />

by various structural highs. Such partitioning of basins into sub-basins by<br />

differential tectonics is a widely recognized phenomenon in land areas such<br />

as Spain, Northern Italy, Calabria (Roda, 1967) and the Aegean region<br />

(Meulenkamp, 1977), during Messinian and Early Pliocene times. Each<br />

sub-basin shows its particular succession of strata across the Miocene-pliocene<br />

boundary even over small lateral distances, as described from Calabria<br />

(Roda, 1967) and Crete (Meulenkamp et al., 1977). It seems justified to<br />

assume that such processes are valid for a greater part of the Mediterranean.<br />

Soon after the Early Pliocene transgression, the fault systems delineating the<br />

various sub-basins became reactivated, which resulted in rapid subsidence<br />

of these sub-basins. The rate of subsidence, however, may have varied from<br />

basin to basin, being moderate along intermediate and marginal areas and<br />

more rapid in central areas (Drooger, 1973, p. 271). This might have resulted<br />

also in the different paleobathymetrical depth estimates obtained for the<br />

Trubi in these central areas. If one considers the thickness distribution of<br />

the evaporites such differential subsidence was equally valid for the Messinian<br />

and possibly for somewhat older times. After a period of time these<br />

subsidence rates were stabilized, keeping pace with the rate of accumulation,<br />

as was observed in the middle and upper parts of the Trubi at Capo Rossello.<br />

This section shows a seemingly uniform bathymetric record from the middle<br />

part upwards, which seems to imply the relative stability of the slope or a<br />

slight subsiding tendency balancing the sediment accumulation. In contrast<br />

to the "desiccated, deep basin model" of Hsu, Cita and Ryan (1973), this<br />

alternative model involves syn- and post-Messinian subsidence and may easily<br />

account for the apparent paradox of Trubi in deep basinal settings and<br />

elevated land sections. The sections on the Sicilian south coast seem to have<br />

been located in an intermediate paleogeographical realm, i.e. on the slope<br />

from shoals to deeps (Draoger, 1973, p. 268).<br />

The abyssal depth suggestion for all Trubi sediments, concluded from the<br />

extremely high P/B ratios, can be explained by an overwhelmingly rich<br />

planktonic life, caused by ample inflow of nutrient-rich Atlantic waters and<br />

more or less continuous upwelling phenomena. The Early Pliocene Mediter-


anean evidently had a nutrient supply that was completely different from<br />

the self-supporting pattern of today because of the negligible inflow capacity<br />

of the narrow Gibraltar Strait.<br />

The combined presence of Globorotalia margaritae and G. puncticulata in<br />

the Arenazzolo and their belated blooms in the overlying Trubi - generally<br />

recognized as their subsequent true appearance levels - indicate that the<br />

introduction of Atlantic waters across the shallow or narrow (Gibraltar?)<br />

portal became amplified already after the ultimate evaporitic cycle. The lack<br />

of major erosional surfaces or total desiccation levels in the upper evaporites<br />

at Eraclea Minoa and Capo Rossello points to a constant water and/or brine<br />

cover as a consequence of constant, though probably more restricted inflow<br />

during the Late Messinian as well. The final, unimpeded influx of Atlantic<br />

waters which started Trubi sedimentation, seems to have resulted in a sealevel<br />

rise of only a few hundred meters in the marginal and slope areas<br />

represented by the sections of Buccheri and Capo Rossello. The increasing<br />

depth of deposition in the lower part of the Trubi is evidenced by the<br />

benthonic faunal distribution of the Trubi intercalation in the topmost<br />

Arenazzolo at Eraclea Minoa (section 3, estimated depth about 100 m)<br />

and in the lowermost few meters of the Trubi at Capo Rossello. Here the<br />

maximum depth of deposition increased to between 500 and 800 m, while<br />

the addition of allochthonous shallow water forms sharply decreased. This<br />

depth of deposition, once attained, seems to have remained quite uniform<br />

for a measure of time, only to decrease again when the more clastic sedimentation<br />

was resumed in the Narbone formation.<br />

In basinal centres the relatively rapid rise in Early Pliocene sea-level might<br />

give the impression that there had been a "catastrophic event", since the<br />

depositional depth quickly increased to between 1100 and 1400 m (Wright,<br />

1977). An extrapolation of this catastrophic event to the entire Mediterranean<br />

does not seem justified in view of our data from Sicily. Unfortunately,<br />

the depth at which the equivalents of the Arenazzolo were deposited at<br />

these central sites is unknown due to the poor core-recovery of these unconsolidated<br />

sediments.<br />

The presence of indigenous planktonics in the Arenazzolo and between<br />

the evaporites of the Messinian may be explained by a water stratification<br />

with an upper layer of fresh Atlantic inflow of fairly normal sal~nity, floating<br />

with its planktonic faunas on denser, more saline waters in the deeper parts of<br />

the basins. Such a layering is conceivable if the Gibraltar area was in continuous<br />

open connection with the Atlantic; there must have been some kind of Alboran<br />

sluice with bordering shoals behind it, in which the water level was<br />

close to Atlantic sea level (Drooger, 1973, p. 269). This hypothesis seems to


find support in the description of Messinian, open marine deposits at site<br />

121 (D.SD.P., leg 13) in the Alboran Sea, as recorded by Montenat and<br />

Bizon (1975). Originally, the absence of evaporites led Ryan et al. (1973)<br />

to conclude that there was a hiatus between Tortonian and Lower Pliocene<br />

marls. These new results, however, indicate an open connection with the<br />

Atlantic during the Messinian or for at least part of it.<br />

The results of this investigation seem to harmonize, to a certain extent,<br />

the two conflicting models and to give strong support to the multi-depressional<br />

model. Generalizations about the Trubi's depositional environment<br />

have proved to be misleading. The newly proposed depositional mechanisms<br />

need further testing, and more information about the Trubi near basin margins<br />

may yield further clarifications.


A taxonomical treatment of all figured or discussed species of benthonic<br />

and planktonic foraminifera was considered unnecessary. Only those taxa<br />

on which some remarks were needed are included in this chapter. All types<br />

are catalogued and deposited in the department of Stratigraphy and Micropaleontology<br />

of the Geological Institute of the State University of Utrecht.<br />

Ammonia beccarii (Linnaeus)<br />

PI. 3, figs. 6a-b<br />

Nautilus beccarii Linnaeus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10, 1: 710, pI. 1, figs. la-c.<br />

Ammonia beccarii (Linnaeus), Broekman, 1974, Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 8: pI. 1, fig. 4.<br />

Remarks: This form differs from the typical form through the absence of<br />

pillars and bosses in the umbilicus. It somewhat resembles the tepida variety<br />

(Cushman, 1926, PubI. Carnegie Inst. Washington, 344, pI. 1), but differs in<br />

its less convex dorsal side.<br />

cibicides bradyi (Trauth)<br />

PI. 4, figs. la-2c<br />

Truncatulina bradyi Trauth, 1918, Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Nat. CI., 95: 235.<br />

Cibicides bradyi (Trauth), Barker, 1960, Taxonomic Notes, pI. 95, fig. 5; Pflum and Frerichs, 1976,<br />

Cushman Found. For. Res., Spec. Publ., 14, pI. 3, figs. 6, 7.<br />

Remarks: Specimens incorporated in this group show a gradual transition<br />

to Cibicides robertsonianus (Brady) (pI. 4, figs. 3a-c), a common species in<br />

the Narbone formation. The bradyi types are small planoconvex forms<br />

(pI. 4, figs. la-c) which grade into more biconvex and large forms with<br />

more convolutions (pI. 4, figs. 2a-c). The typical robertsonianus types are<br />

slightly evolute at the ventral side and less biconvex. A transition from<br />

predominant bradyi to robertsonianus takes place in the lower part of the<br />

Narbone formation (pI. 4, figs. la-3c). pflum and Frerichs (1976) recorded<br />

a similar intergradation of the two species in recent material from the Gulf<br />

of Mexico.


Epistominella exigua (Brady)<br />

PI. 2, figs. 4a-c<br />

Pulvinulina exigua Brady, 1884, Rept. Voy. Challenger, Zool., 9: 696, pI. 103, figs. 13, 14.<br />

Epistominella exigua (Brady), Parker, 1954, Bull. Mus. Compo Zool., 111 (10), pI. 10, figs. 22, 23.<br />

Remarks: In all samples a wide variation exists in the number of chambers<br />

per whorl, from 4 to 7. According to Wright (1977) forms with 5-5~ chambers<br />

per whorl would prefer depths greater than 450 m, forms with 6-6~<br />

chambers would not extend beyond that depth. No preference for any<br />

specific number of chambers per whorl was found in our material.<br />

Gyroidina soldanii d'Orbigny<br />

PI. 2, figs. 7a-8c<br />

Gyroidina soldanii d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., 7: 278, no. 36; Longinelli, 1956, Palaeontogr.<br />

Ital., 49, pI. 14, figs. 16a, b.<br />

Remarks: Morphologically deformed specimens repeatedly occur in the<br />

Arenazzolo and transitional deposits (pI. 2, figs. 7a-b). These aberrant forms<br />

do not seem to have undergone post-mortem changes in morphology but<br />

seem to have suffered from unfavourable bottom conditions preventing<br />

a normal test construction.<br />

Siphonina bradyana Cushman<br />

PI. 3, figs. 3a-b<br />

Siphonina bradyana Cushman, 1927, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., 72 (20): 11, pI. 1, figs. 4a-c; 1931, U.S.<br />

Nat. Mus., Bull., 104 (8), pI. 14, figs. 4a-c; Barker, 1960, Taxonomic Notes, pI. 96, fig. 8.<br />

Remarks: The fragile, non-tubulate outer-half of the carina is mostly brokenoff<br />

in our material. This species differs from Siphonina reticulata (Czjzek)<br />

by the coarse perforations near the sutures at the ventral side; this feature<br />

is not shown on any of the figured reticulata specimens in either Czjzek<br />

(1848, Haidinger's Nat. Abhandl., 2, pI. 13, figs. 7-9) or more recent<br />

literature.<br />

Globigerina bulloides d'Orbigny<br />

PI. 6, fig. 1<br />

Globigerina bulloides d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., 7: 277, no. 17,76; Tjalsma, 1971, Utrecht<br />

Micropal. Bull. 4, pI. 10, figs. 4a-c; Zachariasse, 1975, Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 11, pI. 16, fig. 6.


Remarks: Globigerina pseudobesa (Salvatorini) is considered a morphotypic<br />

variant and consequently incorporated in G. bulloides. Initially, however,<br />

this variant was recognized as a separate entity and is shown as such in the<br />

distribution charts. The marked increase in numbers of G. bulloides in the<br />

upper half of the Punta Piccola section from the level of PP 35 upwards is<br />

accompanied by a similar increase of G. pseudobesa which indicates the<br />

close relationship between these two forms.<br />

Clobigerina nepenthes Todd, 1957, U.S. Ceol. Survey, Prof. Paper, 280-H: 301, pI. 78, figs. 7a-b;<br />

Tjalsma, 1971, Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 4, pI. 11, figs. 3a-b; Zachariasse, 1975, Utrecht Micropal.<br />

Bull. 11, pI. 16, fig. 4.<br />

Remarks: To speed up the counting procedure the representatives of G.<br />

decoraperta and G. nepenthes were considered as one group since separation<br />

of the two species is often difficult and appeared to be subject to changes in<br />

appreciation in the course of the investigation.<br />

Globigerina quinqueloba Natland<br />

PI. 6, fig. 5<br />

Clobigerina quinqueloba Natland, 1938, Scripps Inst. Oceanogr., Bull., tech. ser. 4: 149, pI. 6, figs.<br />

7a-c; Asano, Ingle and Takayanagi, 1968, Proe. 4th Sess. CMNS, Bologna, 1967, Ciorn. Ceol.,<br />

(2a), 35, (2): 217-246, figs. 4,6,8,9,11 and 12.<br />

Turborotalita quinqueloba (Natland), Bizon and Bizon, 1972, Atlas prine. foram. plane. bass. Med.,<br />

pI. 284, figs. 1-7.<br />

Remarks: The representatives of G. multiloba and G. quinqueloba have been<br />

considered as one group in the counting procedure.<br />

Globigerinoides trilobus (Reuss)<br />

PI. 6, fig. 8<br />

Clobigerina triloba Reuss, 1850, Denksehr., K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Nat. CI. 1: 374, pI. 47, figs.<br />

11a-d.<br />

Clobigerinoides trilobus (Reuss), Tjalsma, 1971, Utrecht Mieropal. Bull. 4, pI. 15, figs. 1a-b,2-3.<br />

Remarks: Globigerinoides sacculiferus (Brady) (pI. 6, fig. 11) is considered<br />

a morphotypic variant of G. trilobus, as discussed earlier by Zachariasse<br />

(1975, p. 131). Initially the variant was counted as a separate entity and is<br />

shown as such in the distribution charts.


Globorotalia bononiensis Dondi<br />

PI. 7, figs. 3a-7f; pI. 8, figs. la-2f<br />

Globorotalia bononiensis Dondi, 1963, Bol!. Soc. Ceo!. Ita!., 81: J 62, p!. 4, figs. 41-45; Zachariasse,<br />

1975, Utrecht Micropa!. Bul!. 11, p!. 14, figs. la-c.<br />

Remarks: In the upper part of the Punta Piccola section a morphological<br />

gradation was observed between this species and Globorotalia inflata<br />

(d'Orbigny) (pI. 8, figs. 3a-6f). This morphological transition takes place<br />

across a 7-8 m thick interval from samples PP 36 to 47. The main morphological<br />

changes are formed by:<br />

1) the decrease in number of chambers per whorl from 4~-4 to 4-3~,<br />

2) the decrease in height of the aperture,<br />

3) the shape of the chambers which become increasingly less globose, and<br />

4) the spiral whorl which becomes more compact; consequently the width<br />

of the umbilicus decreases.<br />

Gradstein (1974) described a similar transition between the two groups<br />

from a single section (Francocastello II) in Crete (p. 95, pI. 7, figs. 1-8).<br />

Uncertainty remained as to whether his single example of a transition was<br />

accidental or not. Colalongo and Sartoni (1967) suggested a lineage from<br />

G. bononiensis to G. inflata on the basis of material from the Po valley.<br />

The presence of a similar trend in our material from Southern Sicily seems<br />

to point to an all-Mediterranean significance of this transition.<br />

Globorotalia<br />

margaritae Bolli and Bermudez<br />

PI. 6, figs. 9-10<br />

Globorotalia margaritae Bolli and Bermudez, 1965, Boll Inf. Venez. Ceo!. Min. Petr., 8: 139, p!. 1,<br />

figs. 16-18; Zachariasse, 1975, Utrecht Micropal. Bul!. 11, pl. 13, figs. 4a-6c.<br />

Remarks: The laminated deposits in the Trubi tend to contain a greater<br />

number of thin-shelled and usually keeled forms (pI. 6, fig. 10), whereas<br />

non-keeled, thick-shelled forms (pI. 6, fig. 9), seem to be more numerous<br />

in the non-laminated Trubi intervals.<br />

Globorotalia puncticulata (Deshayes)<br />

PI. 7, figs. la-2d<br />

Globigerina puncticulata Deshayes, 1832, Encyclopedie Methodique; Hist. Nat. de Vers, Mme. v.<br />

Agasse, 2 (2): 170.<br />

Globorotalia puncticulata (Deshayes), Banner and Blow, 1970, Cushman Found. For. Res., Contr.,<br />

11, p!. 5, fig. 7 (lectotype).<br />

Globorotalia puncticulata group, Cradstein, 1974, Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 7, pl. 5, figs. 1-6; pl. 6,<br />

figs. 5-10.<br />

Globorotalia puncticulata (Deshayes), Zachariasse, 1975, Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 11, pl. 14, figs. 2a-c.


Remarks: Colalongo and Sartoni (1967) suggested a phylogenetic transition<br />

from G. puncticulata to G. bononiensis. Gradstein (1974) rejected this<br />

suggestion of morphological transition on the basis of a statistical analysis<br />

of quantitative data obtained from material from North Italian, West Sicilian<br />

and Cretan sections.<br />

Although not enough material is available, the assemblages from successive<br />

samples from the Punta Piccola section (PP 4, 6, 11 and 20) seem to be in<br />

favour of an intergradation of G. puncticulata to G. bononiensis. The chambers<br />

become increasingly more inflated and the aperture tends to increase in<br />

size, becoming highly arched. The periphery changes from slightly rounded<br />

to broadly rounded. However, we did not find a continuous documentation<br />

for the change in our section.<br />

Neogloboquadrina acostaensis (Blow)<br />

PI. 6, fig. 15<br />

Globorotalia acostaensis Blow, 1959, Bull. Amer. Pal., 39 (178): 208, pI. 17, figs. 106a-c.<br />

Globigerina globorotaloidea Colom, Tjalsma, 1971, Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 4, pI. 8, figs. 8a-b; pI. 9,<br />

figs. 1a-3.<br />

Globigerina acostaensis (Blow), Zachariasse, 1975, Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 11, pI. 15, figs. 3a-4c.<br />

Remarks: Close-coiled pachyderma-types are incorporated in the variation.<br />

The number of pachyderma-types increases towards the top of the Narbone<br />

formation.<br />

Sphaeroidinellopsis<br />

group<br />

Remarks: The few representatives of this genus have been considered as one<br />

group in the counting procedure. Specimens belonging to S. seminulina<br />

(Koch) and S. subdehiscens (Blow) may be recognized (cf. Cita and Gartner,<br />

1973, pI. 51, figs. 1,4 and 6, respectively).


NUMBERED LITERATURE REFERRING TO BATHYMETRIC<br />

RANGE CHARTS<br />

1. Parker, F. L. (1958). Eastern Mediterranean Foraminifera. Rep. Swedish Deep Sea Exped.,<br />

1947 --1948, v. 8, pp. 219 ·-283, Gotenborgs Kung!. Vetenskap Vitterhets Samhalle.<br />

2. Walton, W. R. (1955). Ecology of living benthonic foraminifera, Todos Santos Bay, Baja Calif.,<br />

J. ofPa!., v. 29, n. 6, pp. 952-1018.<br />

3. Lankford, R. R. and Phleger, F. B. (1973). Foraminifera from the nearshore turbulent zone,<br />

western North America. J. of Foram. Res., v. 3, n. 3.<br />

4. Bandy, O. L. and Arnal, R. E. (1957). Distribution of recent foraminifera off West Coast of<br />

Central America. Bull. Am. Ass. PetL Geol., v. 41, n. 9, pp. 2037-2053.<br />

5. Drooger, C. W. and Kaasschieter, J. P. H. (1958). Foraminifera of the Orinoco-Trinidad-Paria<br />

Shelf. Rep. Orinoco Shelf Exped., Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet., afd. Natuurk., Ie serie, v. 22.<br />

6. Seiglie, G. A. (1966). Distribution of foraminifera in the sediments of Araya-Los Testigos shelf<br />

and upper slope. Carib. J. Sci., v. 6, n. 3-4, pp. 93-117.<br />

9. Bandy, O. L. and Rodolfo, K. S. (1964). Distribution of foraminifera and sediments, Peru-<br />

Chili trench area. Deep-Sea Res., v. 11, pp. 817-837.<br />

10. Murray, J. W. (1971). An Atlas of British Recent foraminiferids. Heinemann Educational Books<br />

Ltd., London.<br />

11. Blanc-Vernet, L. (1969). Contribution a l'etude des Foraminiferes de Mediterranee. Relations<br />

entre Ie microfauna et Ie sediment. Biocoenoses actuelles, thanathocoenoses pliocenes et quaternaires.<br />

Rec. Trav. Stat. Marit. d'Endoume, v. 64.<br />

12. Ruscelli, M. (1949). Foraminiferi de due saggi di fondo del Mare Ligure. Atti Accad. Ligure<br />

Sci. Lett., v. 6, n. 1, pp. 1-31.<br />

13. Phleger, F. B., Parker, F. L. and Peirson, J. F. (1953). North Atlantic foraminifera. Rep. Swedish<br />

Deep Sea Exp., v. 7, n. 1.<br />

14. Phleger, F. B. (1951). Ecology of Foraminifera N.W. Gulf of Mexico. Geo!. Soc. America, Mem.<br />

46, n.L<br />

15. Parker, F. L. (1954). Distribution of the foraminifera in the N.E. Gulf of Mexico. Bul!. Mus.<br />

Compo Zool. at Harvard ColI., v. 111, n. 10.<br />

18. Chierici, M. A., Busi, M. T. and Cita, M. B. (1962). Contribution a une etude ecologique des<br />

foraminiferes dans la mer Adriatique. Rev. de Micropa!. V. 5, n. 2.<br />

19. Murray, J. W. (1973). Distribution and Ecology of living foraminiferids. Heinemann Educational<br />

Books Ltd., London.<br />

20. Pujos, M. (1971). Repartition des biocoenoses de Foraminiferes benthiques sur Ie plateau continental<br />

du Golfe de Gascogne a l'Ouest de l'embouchure de la Gironde. Rev. Esp. Micropal., v. 4,<br />

n. 2, pp. 141-156.<br />

22. Cita, M. B. and Chierici, M. A. (1962). Crociera talassografica adriatica 1955, V. Ricerche sui<br />

foraminiferi contenuti in 18 carote prelevate suI fondo del Mare Adriatico. Arch. Oceanogr.<br />

Limn. v. 12, n. 3, pp. 297-359.<br />

23. Pujos-Lamy, A. (1971). Les foraminiferes benthiques abyssaux: leur utilisation pour la mise en<br />

evidence des variations climatiques dans une carotte du Quaternaire recent. C.R. Acad. Sc. Paris,<br />

V. 272,pp. 215-218.<br />

24. Pujos, M. (1970). Influence des eaux de type mediterraneen sur la repartition de certains foraminiferes<br />

benthiques dans Ie Golfe de Gascogne. Cah. Oceanogr., v. 22, n. 8, pp. 827-831.<br />

27. Phleger, F. B. and Parker, F. L. (1951). Ecology of Foraminifera, northwest Gulf of Mexico.<br />

Geo!. Soc. America, Mem. 46, n. II.<br />

28. Bock, W. D., Hay, W. W., Jones, J. L, Lynts, G. W., Smith, S. L. and Wright, R. C. (1971). A<br />

symposium of recent South Florida foraminifera. Miami Geo!. Soc., Mem. L<br />

29. Heron-Allen, E. and Earland, A. (1932). Foraminifera, Part L The icefree area of the Falkland<br />

Island and adjacent seas. Discovery Reports, V. 4, pp. 291-460.


30. Earland, A. (1934). Foraminifera, Part III. The Falkland Sector of the Antarctic (excluding<br />

South Georgia). Discovery Reports, v. 10, pp. 1-208.<br />

31. Brasier, H. D. (1975). The ecology and distribution of recent foraminifera from the reefs and<br />

shoals around Barbuda, West Indies.J. Foram. Res., v. 5, n. 3, pp. 193-210.<br />

32. Zalesny, E. R. (1959). Foraminiferal ecology of Santa Monica Bay, California. Micropal., v. 5,<br />

n. 1, pp. 101-126.<br />

33. LeRoy, D. O. and Levinson, S. A. (1974). A deep-water Pleistocene microfossil assemblage<br />

from a well in the northern Gulf of Mexico. Micropal., v. 20, n. 1, pp. 1-37.<br />

34. Bandy, O. L. and Chierici, M. A. (1966). Depth-temperature evaluation of selected California<br />

and Mediterranean bathyal foraminifera. Marine Geol., v. 4, pp. 259-271.<br />

36. Levy, A. (1971). Eaux saumatres et milieux margino-littoraux. Rev. Geograph. Phys. Geol.<br />

dyn.,v. 13,n.3,pp. 269-278.<br />

37. Dupeuble, P. A., Mathieu, R., Momeni, I., Poignant, A., Rosset-Moulinier, M., Rouvillois, A.<br />

and Ubaldo, M. (1971). Recherches sur les F oraminiferes actuels des cotes fran,aises de la Manche<br />

et de la Mer du Nord. Rev. de Micropal., v. 14, n. 5, pp. 83-95.<br />

38. Dupeuble, P. A., Mathieu, R., Momeni, I., Poignant, A., Rosset-Moulinier, M., Rouvillois, A. and<br />

Ubaldo, M. (1972). Travaux recents sur les Foraminiferes actuels des cotes fran,aises de la<br />

Manche. Mem. B.R.G.M., v. 79, pp. 97-100.<br />

39. Mathieu, R. (1971). Les associations de Foraminiferes de plateau continental Atlantique du<br />

Maroc au large de Casablanca. Rev. de Micropal., v. 14, n. 1, pp. 55-61.<br />

40. Bandy, O. L. (1960). General correlation of foraminiferal structure with environment. Rep.<br />

Internat'l. Geol. Congress, 21 session, Norden, part 22, pp. 7-19.<br />

43. Pareira, C. A. F. D. (1969). Recent foraminifera of southern Brazil, collected by hydrographic<br />

vessel "Baependi". Iheringia, ZooI., v. 37, pp. 37-95.<br />

44. Colom, G. (1950). Estudio de los Foraminiferos de muestras de fondo recogidas entre los Cabos<br />

Juby y Bojador. Bol. Inst. Esp. Oceanogr., v. 28, pp. 1-45.<br />

45. D'Onofrio, S. (1959). Foraminiferi di una carota sottomarina del medio Adriatico. Giorn. Geol.,<br />

serie 2a, v. 27, pp. 147~190.<br />

47. Pujos-Lamy, A. (1973). Repartition bathymetrique des foraminiferes benthiques profonds du<br />

Golfe de Gascogne. Comparaison avec d'autres aires oceaniques. Rev. Esp. Micropal., v. 5, n. 2,<br />

pp.213-234.<br />

51. Bandy, O. L. (1961). Distribution of foraminifera, radiolaria and diatoms in sediments of the<br />

Gulf of California. MicropaI., v. 7, n. 1, pp. 1-26.<br />

52. Ph leger, F. B. (1964). Patterns of living benthonic foraminifera, Gulf of California. Am. Assoc.<br />

Petr. Geol., Mem. 3, pp. 377-394.<br />

53. Cushman,J. A. (1918). The foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 104.<br />

54. Brady, H. B. (1884). Report on the scientific results of the voyage ofH. M. S. Challenger.<br />

Zoology, v. 9.<br />

55. Iaccarino, S. (1967). Ricerche sui foraminiferi dell'alto Adriatico. Arch. Oceanogr. Limnol.,<br />

v. 15, n. 1, pp. 11-54.<br />

56. Iaccarino, S. (1967). Ricerche sui foraminiferi contenutti in sei carote prelevate nelMare Ligure<br />

(La Spezia). Bol. Soc. Geol. It., v. 86, pp. 59-88.<br />

57. Iaccarino, S. (1964). Ricerche preliminari sui foraminiferi contenu ti in 3 carote prelevate nel<br />

Mare Ligure (La Spezia). BoI. Soc. GeoI. It., v. 83, n. 1.<br />

58. Iaccarino, S. (1969). I foraminiferi di campioni di fondo prelevati nel Golfo di Taranto (M.<br />

Ionio). "L'Ateneo Parmense"-Acta Naturalia, v. 5, n. 1.<br />

61. Uchio, T. (1960). Benthonic foraminifera of the Antarctic Ocean. Spec. Publ., Seto Marine<br />

BioI. Lab., BioI. Results of the Japanese Antarctic Res. Exp., v. 12.<br />

62. Uchio, T. (1960). Ecology of living benthonic foraminifera from the San Diego, California,<br />

area. Spec. Publ., Cushman Found. For. Res., no. 5.<br />

65. Anderson, J. B. (1975). Ecology and distribution of foraminifera in the Weddell Sea of Antarctica.<br />

Micropal., v. 21, n. 1, pp. 69-96.


67. Egger, J. G. (1893). Foraminiferen aus Meeresgrundproben, gelothet yon 1874 bis 1876 yon S. M.<br />

Sch. Gazelle, Abh. K. Akad. Wiss., II Kl., 18 Bd., II Abth., Miinchen.<br />

69. ]arke,]. (1960). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Foraminiferen fauna der Mittleren und Westlichen<br />

Barents-See. Int. Revue ges. Hydrobiol., v. 45, n. 4, pp. 581-654.<br />

71. Le Calvez, Y. (1958). Les Foraminiferes de la Mer Celtique. Rev. Trav. Inst. Peches marit., v. 22,<br />

n.2.<br />

74. Le Calvez, Y. (1972). Etude ecologique de quelques foraminiferes de la cote saharienne de l'Atlantique.<br />

Rev. Trav. Inst. Peches marit., v. 36, n. 3, pp. 245-254.<br />

75. Caralp, M., Lamy, A. and Pujos, M. (1970). Contribution a la connaissance de la distribution<br />

bathymetrique des foraminiferes dans Ie Golfe de Gascogne. Rev. Esp. Micropal., v. 2, n. 1, pp.<br />

55-84.<br />

76. Cushman,]. A. (1942). The foraminifera of the tropical Pacific, collections of the "Albatross",<br />

1899-1900. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull., v. 161, n. 3.<br />

79. Barbieri, F. and Medioli, F. (1969). Distribution of foraminifera on the Scotian Shelf (Canada).<br />

Riv. Ital. Paleont., v. 75, n. 4, pp. 849-878.<br />

80. Bandy, O. L. (1953). Ecology and paleoecology of some Californian foraminifera. Part 1. The<br />

frequency distribution of recent foraminifera off California. ]. ofPaleont., v. 27, n. 2.<br />

81. Todd, R. and Low, D. (1966). Foraminifera from the Arctic Ocean off the Eastern Siberian<br />

Coast. U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper, 550-C, pp. C79-85.<br />

82. Wright, R. (1977). Neogene paleobathymetry of the Mediterranean based on benthonic Foraminifera<br />

from D.S.D.P.leg. 42A. Init'l Rep. D.S.D.P., v. 42 (in press).<br />

85. Voorthuysen,]. H. van (1973). Foraminiferal ecology of the Ria de Arosa, Galicia, Spain. Zool.<br />

Verhandelingen, no. 123.<br />

87. Frerichs, W. E. (1970). Distribution and ecology of benthonic foraminifera in the sediments of<br />

the Andaman Sea. Contr. Cushman Found. For. Res., v. 21, n. 4, pp. 123-147.<br />

88. Pflum, C. E. and Frerichs, W. E. (1976). Gulf of Mexico deep-water foraminifers. Spec. Publ.,<br />

Cushman Found. For. Res., no. 14.


Anderson, G. ]. (1963). Distribution patterns of recent foraminifera of the Bering Sea. Micropal.,<br />

v. 9,n. 3,pp.305-317.<br />

Anderson,]. B. (1975). Ecology and distribution of foraminifera in the Weddell Sea of Antarctica.<br />

Micropal., v. 21, n. 1, pp. 69-96.<br />

Bandy, O. L. (1953). Ecology and paleoecology of some California Foraminifera. Part I. The frequency<br />

distribution of recentForaminifera off California.]. of Paleont., v. 27, n. 2.<br />

- (1961). Distribution of foraminifera, radiolaria and diatoms in sediments of the Gulf of California.<br />

Micropal., v. 7, n. 1, pp. 1-26.<br />

Barbieri, F. and Medioli, F. (1964). Significato paleoecologico di aleuni generi di foraminiferi nella<br />

serie Pliocenica Vernasca-Castell'Arquato. "L'Ateneo Parmense", v. 35, n. 1, pp. 1-27.<br />

- and - (1969). Distribution of foraminifera on the Scotian Shelf (Canada). Riv. Ital. Paleont., v. 75,<br />

n. 4, pp. 849-878.<br />

Be, A. W. H. and Tolderlund, D. S. (1971). Distribution and ecology of living planktonic foraminifera<br />

in surface waters of the Atlantic and Indian Oceans. Micropal. of Oceans, Cambridge Univ. Press,<br />

London.<br />

Berger, W. H. (1970). Planktonic Foraminifera: Selective solution and the lysocline. Marine Geology,<br />

v. 8, pp. 111-138.<br />

Berggren, W. A. (1973). The Pliocene time scale: calibration of planktonic foraminiferal and calcareous<br />

nannoplankton zones. Nature, v. 243, pp. 391-397.<br />

Blanc-Vernet, L. (1969). Contribution a l'etude des foraminiferes de Mediterranee. Relations entre Ie<br />

microfaune et Ie sediment. Biocoenoses actuelles, thanathocoenoses pliocenes et quarternaires.<br />

Rec. Trav. Stat. Marit. d'Endoume, v. 64.<br />

Blow, W. H. (1969). Late Middle Eocene to recent planktonic biostratigraphy. Proc. First Plankt.<br />

Conf., Geneva 1967, pp. 199-241.<br />

Boalch, G. T. and Parke, M. (1971). The Prasinophycean genera (Chlorophyta) possibly related to<br />

fossil genera, in particular the genus Tasmanites. Proc. Second Plankt. Conf., Roma 1970, pp.<br />

99-105.<br />

Brady, H. B. (1884). Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Zoology,<br />

v.9.<br />

Brasier, M. D. (1975). The ecology and distribution of recent foraminifera from the reefs and shoals<br />

around Barbuda, West Indies.]. Foram. Res., v. 5, n. 3, pp. 193-210.<br />

Brolsma, M. ]. (197 5a). Stratigraphical pro blems concerning the Miocene-Pliocene boundary in Sicily<br />

(Italy). Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet., B, v. 78, n. 2, pp. 94-107.<br />

(1975 b). Lithostratigraphy and foram iniferal assem blages of the Miocene-Pliocene transitional<br />

strata of Capo Rossello and Eraclea Minoa (Sicily, Italy). Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet., B, v. 78,<br />

n. 5, pp. 341-380.<br />

- (1978). In: Zachariasse et aI., Micropaleontological counting methods and techniques - an exercise<br />

on an eight metres section of the Lower Pliocene of Capo Rossello, Sicily. Utrecht Micropal.<br />

Bull. 17.<br />

Calvert, S. E. (1966). Accumulation of diatomaceous silica in the sediments of the Gulf of California.<br />

Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull. v. 77, pp. 569-596.<br />

Calvez, Y. Ie (1958). Les Foraminiferes de la Mer Celtique. Rev. Trav.lnst. Peches marit., v. 22, n. 2.<br />

- (1972). Etude ecologique de quelques foraminiferes de la cote saharienne de l'Atlantique. Rev.<br />

Trav. Inst. Peches marit., v. 36, n. 3, pp. 245-254.<br />

Caralp, M., Lamy, A. and Pujos, M. (1970). Contribution a la connaissance de la distribution bathymetrique<br />

des foraminiferes dans Ie Golfe de Gascogne. Rev. Esp. Micropal., v. 2, n. 1, pp. 55-84.<br />

Ciaranfi, N. and Cita, M. B. (1973). Paleontological evidence of changes in the Pliocene climates.<br />

Init'l Rep. D.S.D.P., v. 13, n. 2, pp. 13871399.<br />

Cifelli, R. and Smith, R. K. (1974). Distributional patterns of planktonic Foraminifera in the western


North Atlantic. J. For. Res., v. 4, n. 3, pp. 112-125.<br />

Cita, M. B. (1973). Mediterranean evaporite: paleontological arguments for a deep-basin desiccation<br />

model. In: Messinian Events in the Mediterranean. Geodyn. Sci. Rep., v. 7, pp. 206-228.<br />

(1975a). The Miocene-Pliocene Boundary. History and definition. In: "Symposium on Late Neogene<br />

Epoch Boundaries". Intern. Geol. Congr., Montreal, 1972, Micropal. Press Spec. Publ., v. 1,<br />

pp.1-30.<br />

(1975b). Planktonic foraminiferal biozonation of the Mediterranean Pliocene deep sea record. A<br />

revision. Riv. Ital. Paleont. Strat., v. 81, n. 4, pp. 527-544.<br />

- (1976). Biodynamic effects of the Messinian salinity crisis on the evolution of planktonic foraminifera<br />

in the Mediterranean. Paleogeogr., Paleoclim., Paleoecol., v. 20, pp. 23-42.<br />

and Decima, A. (1975). Rossellian: proposal of a su perstage for the marine Pliocene. Proc. 6th<br />

Congr. R.C.M.N.S. Bratislava, v. 1, pp. 217-227.<br />

and Gartner, S. (1973). The stratotype Zanclean. Foraminiferal and nannofossil biostratigraphy.<br />

Riv. Ital. Paleont. Strat., v. 79, n. 4, pp. 503-558.<br />

Colalongo, M. L. and Sartoni, S. (1967). Globoro talia hirsuta aemiliana nuova sottospecie cronologica<br />

del Pliocene in Italia. Giorn. Geol. Bologna, (2a), v. 34, n. 1, pp. 265-284.<br />

Cuhman, J. A. (1918). The foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 104.<br />

Decima, A. (1964). Ostracodi del Gen. Cyprideis Jones del Neogene e del Quaternario italiani. Paleont.<br />

Ital., v. 57, pp. 81-133.<br />

Di Grande, A. (1969). L'alternanze neogenico-quaternaria di vulcaniti e di sedimenti al margine nordoccidentale<br />

dell'Altipiano Ibleo. Atti Accad. Gioenia Sc. Nat. Catania, Serie 7, n. 1, pp. 91-125.<br />

Di Napoli Alliata, E. (1964). Il Miocene superiore nella Valle dell'Orte presso Bologna (Pescara).<br />

Geo!. Romana, v. 3, pp. 3-32.<br />

Drooger, C. W. (1973). The Messinian Events in the Mediterranean. A Review. In: Messinian Events<br />

in the Mediterranean. Geodyn. Sci. Rep., v. 7, pp. 263-272.<br />

(1975). The Late Miocene Mediterranean. In: G. J. Borradaile, A. R. Ritsema, H. E. Rondeel and<br />

O. J. Simon (editors), Progress in Geodynamics, Geodynamics Projects, Scientific Report, n. 13,<br />

pp. 119-125. North-Holland Publishing Company, Amsterdam, New York.<br />

- and Kaasschieter, J. P. H. (1958). Foraminifera on the Orinoco-Trinidad-Paria Shelf. Rep. Orinoco<br />

Shelf Expcd., Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet., afd. Nat., 1e sede, n. 22.<br />

Dupeuble, P. A., Mathieu, R., Momeni, I., Poignant, A., Rosset Moulinier, M., Rouvillois, A. and Ubaldo,<br />

M. (1971). Recherches sur les Foraminiferes actuels des cotes fran~aises de la Manche et<br />

de la Mer du Nord. Rev. de Micropal., v. 14, n. 5, pp. 83-95.<br />

Egger, J. G. (1893). Foraminiferen aus Meeresgrundproben, gelothet von 1874 bis 1876 von S. M. Sch.<br />

Gazelle. Abh. d.k. bayer. Akad. d. Wiss., II Kl., 18 Bd., II Abth., Munchen.<br />

Emiliani, C. (1974). Isotopic paleotemperatures and shell morphology of Globigerinoides rubra in the<br />

Mediterranean deep-sea core 189. Micropal., v. 20, n. 1, pp. 106-109.<br />

Fisher, R. A., Corbett, A. S. and Williams, C. B. (1943). The relationship between the number of<br />

species and the number of individuals in a random sample of an animal population. J. Anim.<br />

Ecol.,v.12,pp.42-58.<br />

Frerichs, W. E. (1970). Distribution and ecology of benthonic foraminifera in the sediments of the<br />

Andaman Sea. Cushman Found. For. Res., Contr., v. 21, n. 4, pp. 123-147.<br />

Gradstein, F. M. (1974). Mediterranean Pliocene Globorotalia. A biometrical approach. Utrecht Micropal.<br />

Bull. 7.<br />

Hantzschel, W. (1975). Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Part W, Miscellanea, suppl. 1, Trace<br />

fossils and Problematica, pp. 49-52.<br />

Harman, R. A. (1964). Distribution of foraminifera in the Santa Barbara Basin, California. Micropal.,<br />

v. 10,n. 1,pp. 81-96.<br />

Hecht, A. D. and Savin, S. M. (1970). Oxygen-18 studies of recent planktonic Foraminifera: Comparisons<br />

of phenotypes and of test parts. Science, v. 170, pp. 69-7l.<br />

Heron-Allen, E. and Earland, A. (1932). Foraminifera, Part I, The ice-free area of the Falkland Islands<br />

and adjacent seas. Discovery Reports, v. 4, pp. 291-460.


Hsii, K. J., Cita, M. B. and Ryan, W. B. F. (1973). The origin of the Mediterranean evaporites.1nit'l<br />

Rep. D.S.D.P., v. 13, n. 2, pp. 1203-1231.<br />

Iaccarino, S. (1964). Ricerche preliminari sui foraminiferi contenuti in 3 carote prelevate nel Mare<br />

Ligure (La Spezia). Boll. Soc. Geol. Italiana, v. 83, n. 1.<br />

- (1967). Ricerche sui foraminiferi dell'alto Adriatico. Arch. Oceanogr. Limnol., v. 15, n. 1, pp. 11-<br />

54.<br />

- (1969). I foraminiferi di campioni di fondo prelevati ne1 Golfo di Taranto (M. Ionico). "L'Ateneo<br />

Parmense", Acta Naturalia, v. 5, n. 1.<br />

J arke, J. (1960). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Foraminiferenfauna der Mittleren und Westlichen Barents-<br />

See. Int. Revue ges. Hydrobiol., v. 45, n. 4, pp. 581-654.<br />

Kennedy, W. J. (1970). Trace fossils in the Chalk environment. In: Trace fossils, Crimes, T. P. and<br />

J. C. Harper (eds), pp. 263-282.<br />

Levy, A. (1971). Eaux saumatres et milieux margino-littoraux. Rev. Geograph. Phys. Geol. dyn., v. 13,<br />

n. 3, pp. 269-278.<br />

Magne, J., Mascle, G. et Mongin, D. (1972). Stratigraphie des formations du Miocene terminal au<br />

Quarternaire en Sicile sud-occidentale. Bull. Soc. Geol. France, serie 7, n. 14, pp. 147-158.<br />

Marchetti, M. P. (1957). The occurrence of slide and flowage materials (olistostromes) in the Tertiary<br />

series of Sicily. Internat'l Geol. Congress Mexico 1956, 20th session, section 5, Relaciones<br />

entre la tectonica y la sedimentacion, pp. 209-225.<br />

- (1960). Summary introduction to geology of Sicily. Petro Expl. Soc. Lybia, pp. 47-60.<br />

Mascle, G. (1974). Les grands traits de l'evolution geologique des Monts Sicani (Sicile). Bull. Soc.<br />

Geol. France, serie 7, V. 16, pp. 161-170.<br />

Mathieu, R. (1971). Les associations de Foraminiferes du plateau continental Atlantique du Maroc<br />

au large de Casablanca. Rev. de Micropal., v. 14, n. 1, pp. 55-61.<br />

Meulenkamp, J. E. (1977). The Aegean and the Mediterranean salinity crisis. Proc., 6th Coll. Geol.<br />

Aegean Region, Athens 1977, (in press).<br />

- Jonkers, H. A. and Spaak, P. (1977). Late Miocene to Early Pliocene development of Crete. Proc.,<br />

6th ColI. Geol. Aegean Region, Athens 1977 (in press).<br />

Montenat, Ch., Bizon, G. and J.-J. (1975). Remarques sur Ie Neogene du forage Joides 121 en Mer<br />

d'Alboran (Mediterranee occidentale). Bull. Soc. Geol. France, serie 7, v. 17, n. 1, pp. 45-51.<br />

Murray, J. W. (1973). Distribution and ecology of living benthic foraminiferids. Heinemann Educ.<br />

Books Ltd., London.<br />

Nesteroff, W. D. (1973). Mineralogy, petrography, distribution and origin of the Messinian Mediterranean<br />

evaporites. Init'l Rep. D.S.D.P., v. 13, n. 2, pp. 673-694.<br />

Ogniben, L. (1957). Petrografia della serie solfifera siciliana e considerazioni geologiche relative.<br />

Mem. Descritt. Carta Geol. Ital., 33.<br />

Pareira, C. A. F. D. (1969). Recent foraminifera of southern Brazil collected by hydrographic vessel<br />

"Baependi", Iheringia. Zool., v. 37, pp. 37-95.<br />

Parker, F. L. (1954). Distribution of the foraminifera in the N.E. Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Mus. Compo<br />

Zool. at Harvard ColI., V. 111, n. 10.<br />

(1958), Eastern Mediterranean Foraminifera. Rep. Swedish Deep Sea Exped., 1947-1948, v. 8,<br />

pp. 219-283. Gotenborgs Kungl. Vetenskap Vitterhets Samhiille.<br />

(1967). Late Tertiary biostratigraphy (planktonic foraminifera) of tropical Indo-Pacific deep-sea<br />

cores. Bull. Amer. Paleont., v. 52, n. 235, pp. 115-203.<br />

(1973). Late Cenozoic Biostratigraphic (planktonic foraminifera) of tropical Atlantic Deep-Sea<br />

sections. Rev. Esp. Micropal., V. 5, pp. 253-289.<br />

Phleger, F. B. (1951). Ecology of Foraminifera, N.W. Gulf of Mexico. Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 46.<br />

- (1964). Foraminiferal ecology and marine geology. Mar. Geol., V. 1, pp. 16-43.<br />

Pflum, C. E. and Frerichs, W. E. (1976) Gulf of Mexico Deep-Water foraminifers. Cushman Found.<br />

For. Res., Spec. Publ. no. 14.<br />

Pujos, M. (1970). Influence des eaux de type mediterraneen sur la repartition de certains foraminiferes<br />

benthiques dans Ie Golfe de Gascogne. Cah. Oceanogr., v. 22, n. 8, pp. 827-831.


(1971). Repartition des biocoenoses de Foraminiferes benthiques sur Ie plateau continental du<br />

Golfe de Gascogne a l'Ouest de I'embouchure de la Gironde. Rev. Esp. Micropal., v. 4, n. 3, pp.<br />

141-156.<br />

Radford, S. S. (1976). Recent Foraminifera from Tobago Island West Indies. Rev. Esp. Microp~l., v. 8,<br />

n. 2, pp. 193-218.<br />

Reiss, Z., Halicz, E. and Perelis, L. (1974). Planktonic Foraminiferida from recent sediments in the<br />

Gulf of Elat. IsraeL]. Earth Sciences, v. 23, pp. 69-105.<br />

Riedel, W. R. and Sanf:tlippo, A. (1978). In: Zachariasse et aI., Micropaleontological counting methods<br />

and techniques - an exercise on an eight metres section of the Lower Pliocene of Capo Rossello,<br />

Sicily. Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 17.<br />

-, - and Cita, M. B. (1974). Radiolarians from the stratotype Zanc1ean (Lower Pliocene, Sicily). Riv.<br />

Ital. Paleont. Strat., v. 80, n. 4, pp. 699-734.<br />

Reineck, H. E. and Singh, I. B. (1971). Genesis of laminated sand and graded rhythmites in stormsand<br />

of shelf mud. Sedimentology, v. 18, pp. 123-128.<br />

Roda, C. (1967). I sedimenti neogenici autoctoni ed alloctoni delia zona di Ciro-Cariati (Catanzaro<br />

e Cosenza). Mem. Soc. Geol. Ital, v. 6.<br />

Ryan, W. B. F., Hsii, K. ]., Cita, M. B. Dumitrica, P., Lort, ]., Mayne, W., Nesteroff, W. D., Pautot, G.,<br />

Stradner, H. and Wezel, F. C. (1973). Western Alboran Basin-site 121. Init'l Rep. D.S.D.P.,<br />

leg 13, v. 1, pp. 43-91.<br />

- Cita, M. B., Dreyfus Rawson, M., Burekle, L. H. and Saito, T. (1974). A paleomagnetic assignment<br />

of Neogene stage boundaries and the development of isochronous datum planes between the<br />

Mediterranean, the Pacific and Indian Oceans, in order to investigate the response of the world<br />

ocean to the Mediterranean "salinity crisis". Riv. Ital. Paleont. Strat., v. 80, n. 4, pp. 631-688.<br />

Salvatorini, G. (1968). I foraminiferi delle argille a Pycnodonta navicularis (Brocchi) del Miocene<br />

superiore della Toscana Marittima. Soc. Toscana Sci. Natur., Atti, Mem., Ser. A, v. 75, n. 1, pp.<br />

259-358.<br />

Schrader, H. ]. and Gersonde, R. (1978). In: Zachariasse et aI., Micropaleontological counting methods<br />

and techniques - an exercise on an eight metres section of the Lower Pliocene of Capo<br />

Rossello, Sicily. Utrecht Micropal. Bull. 17.<br />

Seilacher, A. (1964). Biogenic sedimentary structures. In: Approaches to paleoecology, Imbrie,]. and<br />

N.Newell(ed0,pp·296-316.<br />

Selli, R. (1973). An outline of the Italian Messinian. In: Messinian Events in the Mediterranean.<br />

Geodyn. Sci. Rep., v. 7, pp. 150-172.<br />

Simpson, S. (1957). On the trace-fossil Chondrites. Quarterly]. Geol. Soc. London, v. 112, n. 4, pp.<br />

475-499.<br />

Stanley, D. ]. (ed) (1972). The Mediterranean Sea: A natural sedimentation laboratory. Dowden,<br />

Hutchinson and Ross, Inc., Stroudsburg, Penn., U.S.A.<br />

Todd, R. and Low, D. (1966). Foraminifera from the Arctic Ocean off the Eastern Siberian coast.<br />

U.S. GeoI. Survey, Prof. Paper 550-C, pp. 79-85.<br />

Tolderlund, D. S. and Be, A. W. H. (1971). Seasonal distribution of planktonic foraminifera in the<br />

Western North Atlantic. Micropal., v. 17, n. 3, pp. 297-329.<br />

Uchio, T. (1960). Benthonic Foraminifera of the Antarctic Ocean. Seto Marine BioI. Lab., BioI. Results<br />

of the Japanese Antarctic Res. Exp., Spec. Publ., v. 12.<br />

Van Couvering, J. A., Berggren, W. A., Drake, R. E., Aguirre, E. and Curtis,]. H. (1976). The terminal<br />

Miocene event. Mar. Micropal., v. 1, pp. 263-286.<br />

Van Voorthuysen, ]. H. (1973). Foraminiferal ecology in the Ria de Arosa, Galicia, Spain. Zool.<br />

Verh., v. 123.<br />

Wall, D. (1962). Evidence from recent plankton regarding the biological affinities of Tasmanites<br />

Newton 1875 and Leiosphaeridia Eisenack, 1958. Geol. Mag., v. 99, pp. 353-362.<br />

Warme,]. E., Kennedy, W. J. and Schneidermann, N. (1973). Biogenic sedimentary structures (trace<br />

fossils) in leg 15 cores. Init'l Rep. D.S.D.P., v. 15, pp. 813-831.


Wright, R. (1977). Neogene paleobathymetry of the Mediterranean based on benthonic Foraminifera<br />

from D.S.D.P. leg 42 A. Init'l Rep. D.S.D.P., v. 42 (in press).<br />

Zachariasse, W. J. (1975). Planktonic foraminiferal biostratigraphy of the Late Neogene of Crete<br />

(Greece). Utrecht Micropal. Bull. II.<br />

- Riedel, W. R., Sanfilippo, A., Schmidt, R. R., Brolsma, M. J., Schrader, H. J., Gersonde, R., Drooger,<br />

M. M. and Broekman, J. A. (1978). Micropaleontological counting methods and techniquesan<br />

exercise on an eight metres section of the Lower Pliocene of Capo Rossello, Sicily. Utrecht<br />

Micropal. Bull. 17.


Fig. 1<br />

Fig. 2<br />

Figs.3a-b<br />

Figs.4a-b<br />

Figs. 5a-b<br />

Figs.6a-b<br />

Fig. 7<br />

Fig. 8<br />

Figs. 9a-b<br />

Fig. 10<br />

Fig. 11<br />

Fig. 12<br />

Fig. 13<br />

Fig. 14<br />

Fig. 15<br />

Fig. 16<br />

Fig. 17<br />

Fig. 18<br />

Fig. 19<br />

Bigenerina nodosaria d'Orbigny, sample PP 33, X 100.<br />

Eggerella bradyi (Cushman), sample PP 44, X 100.<br />

Karreriella bradyi (Cushman), sample PP 33, X 100.<br />

Vulvulina pennatula (Barsch), sample PP 18, X 70.<br />

Bolivina alata (Seguenza), sample PP 48, X 65.<br />

Bolivina antiqua d'Orbigny, sample PP 3, X 100.<br />

Bulimina inflata Seguenza, sample PP 44, X 100.<br />

Bolivina scalprata Schwager var. miocenica Macfadyen, sample CR 58, X 150.<br />

Bolivina dilatata Reuss, sample CR 62, X 150.<br />

Bulimina exilis Brady, sample PP 27, X 100.<br />

Bulimina aculeata d'Orbigny, sample PP 48, X 100.<br />

Bulimina costata d'Orbigny, sample PP 44, X 100.<br />

Uvigerina peregrina Cushman, sample EM 43, X 100.<br />

Uvigerina proboscidea Schwager, sample PP 44, X 65.<br />

Uvigerina pygmea d'Orbigny, sample PP 44, X 65.<br />

Hopkinsina bononiensis (Fornasini), sample PP 25, X 100.<br />

Dentalinafiliformis (d'Orbigny), sample IT 1393, X 50.<br />

Oolina hexagona (Williamson), sample CRP 12, X 150.<br />

Nodosaria vertebralis (Barsch) var. albatrossi Cushman, sample CR 79, X 65.


Figs. 1a-b<br />

Figs. 2a-b<br />

Figs.3a-b<br />

Figs.4a-c<br />

Figs. 5a-b<br />

Figs. 6a-c<br />

Figs. 7a-b<br />

Melonis barleeanus (Williamson), sample IT 1392, X 150.<br />

Melonis soldanii (d'Orbigny), sample IT 1392, X 100.<br />

Epistominella smithi (R. E. and K. C. Stewart), sample PP 25, X 150.<br />

Epistominella exigua (Brady), sample EM 33, X 150.<br />

Nuttallides rugosus (Phleger and Parker) var. convex us (Parker), sample IT 2056,<br />

X 215.<br />

Gyroidina orbicularis d'Orbigny, sample PP 44, X 70.<br />

Gyroidina soldanii d'Orbigny, sample IT 1392, X 100; deformed specimen.<br />

Figs.<br />

8a-c<br />

Gyroidina soldanii d'Orbigny, sample IT 1392, X 100.<br />

Figs. 9a-c<br />

Gyroidina umbonata (Silvestri), sample IT 1394, X 145.


Figs. la-b<br />

Fig. 2<br />

Figs.3a-b<br />

Figs. 4a-c<br />

Figs. 5a-b<br />

Figs.6a-b<br />

Figs. 7a-c<br />

Figs. 8a-c<br />

Figs. 9-10<br />

Oridorsalis umbonatus (Reuss), sample IT 1393, X 100.<br />

Oridorsalis stellatus (Silvestri), sample IT 1394, X 100.<br />

Siphonina bradyana Cushman, sample pp 35, X 65.<br />

Rosalinaglobularis d'Orbigny, sample IT 1390, X 150.<br />

Globocassidulina subglobosa (Brady), sample IT 1394, X 150.<br />

Ammonia beccarii (Linnaeus), sample CR 62, X 150.<br />

Cibicides pseudoungerianus (Cushman), sample CR 62, X 150.<br />

Hanzawaia boueana (d'Orbigny), sample EM 43, X 150.<br />

Planulina ariminensis d'Orbigny, sample pp 44, X 65.


Figs. 1a-c<br />

Figs. 2a-c<br />

Figs. 3a-c<br />

Figs.4a-b<br />

Figs. 5a-c<br />

Figs. 6a-c<br />

Cibicides bradyi (Trauth), sample PP 1, X 100; Trubi-type specimen.<br />

Cibicides bradyi (Trauth), sample PP 22, X 100; Narbone-type specimen.<br />

Cibicides roberfsonianus (Brady), sample PP 22, X 65.<br />

Cibicides italicus Di Napoli, sample PP 4, X 100.<br />

Cibicides refulgens Montfort, sample CR 62, X 150.<br />

Cibicides lobafulus (Walker and]acob), sample EM 43, X 150.


Pachysphaera. Small and large specimens. Large ones are always wrinkled, small ones<br />

are mostly broken, sample CR 86, X 150 (figs. Ib and lc). Detail of fissure (fig. la,<br />

X 1500) showing the delicate perforation of the wall.<br />

Fig. 2<br />

Figs. 3a-b<br />

Fig. 4<br />

Figs.5a-b<br />

Bulimina elongata d'Orbigny, sample CRP 27, X 150.<br />

Bolivina advena Cushman, sample CRP 37, X 300.<br />

Oolina hexagona (Williamson), sample CRP 13, X 150.<br />

Nuttallides rugosus (Phleger and Parker) var. convexus (Parker), sample CRP 21, X<br />

380; fig. 5b (X 1100) shows some details of the aperture extending parallel to the<br />

periphery.


Fig. 1<br />

Fig. 2<br />

Figs.3a-b<br />

Fig. 4<br />

Fig. 5<br />

Fig. 6<br />

Fig. 7<br />

Fig. 8<br />

Fig. 9<br />

Globigerina bulloides d'Orbigny, sample PP 40, X 75.<br />

Globigerina apertura Cushman, sample PP 32, X 75.<br />

Globigerinafalconensis Blow, sample CRP 18, X 75.<br />

Globigerinoides obliquus Bolli, sample PP 40, X 75.<br />

Globigerina quinqueloba Natland, sample PP 40, X 150.<br />

Globigerinitaglutinata (Egger), sample PP 40, X 150.<br />

Globigerinoides extremus Bolli and Bermudez, sample PP 40, X 75.<br />

Globigerinoides trilobus (Reuss), sample PP 40, X 75.<br />

Globorotalia margaritae Bolli and Bermudez, sample CRP 32, X 75; thick-shelled<br />

specimen from non-laminated Trubi interval.<br />

Globorotalia margaritae Bolli and Bermudez, sample CRP 29 A, X 75; thin-shelled<br />

specimen from the fourth laminated Trubi interval.<br />

Fig. 11<br />

Fig. 12<br />

Fig. 13<br />

Fig. 14<br />

Fig. 15<br />

Fig. 16<br />

Fig. 17<br />

Fig. 18<br />

Fig. 19<br />

Globigerinoides sacculiferus (Brady), sample PP 40, X 75.<br />

Globigerinoides ruber (d'Orbigny), sample PP 40, X 75.<br />

Globigerinoides elongatus (d'Orbigny), sample PP 40, X 75.<br />

Globorotalia subscitula Conato, sample PP 40, X 150.<br />

Neogloboquadrina acostaensis (Blow), sample PP 40, X 150.<br />

Globigerina pseudobesa (Salvatarini), sample PP 40, X 75.<br />

Globorotalia crassaformis Gallaway and Wissler, sample CR 154, X 75.<br />

Globorotalia crassacrotonensis Canata and Folladar, sample PP 18, X 75.<br />

Globigerina pachyderma (Ehrenberg), sample PP 44, X 150.


Variation of Globorotalia puncticulata (Deshayes) in the assemblage from sample<br />

CR 43, X 75.<br />

Intergradation of Globorotalia puncticulata (Deshayes) into Globorotalia bononiensis<br />

Dondi, in successive assemblages from the Punta Piccola section, samples PP 4, 6, I1<br />

and 20 corresponding to figs. 2,3,4 and 5, respectively; X 75.<br />

Variation of Globorotalia bononiensis Dondi in the assemblage from sample PP 36,<br />

X 75.


Morphological gradation from Globorotalia bononiensis Dondi to Globorotalia inflata<br />

(d'Orbigny) in successive assemblages from the Punta Piccola section, samples PP 40,<br />

45 and 47 corresponding to figs. la-2f, 3a-4f and 5a-6f, respectively; X 75.


Bull. 12. J. T. VAN GORSEL - Evolutionary trends and stratigraphic significance<br />

of the Late Cretaceous Helicorbitoides-Lepidorbitoides lineage. 100 p.,<br />

15 pI., 14 figs. (1975) f37,-<br />

Bull. 13. E. F. J. DE MULDER - Microfauna and sedimentary-tectonic history of<br />

the Oligo-Miocene of the Ionian Islands and western Epirus (Greece).<br />

140 p., 4 pI., 47 figs. (1975) f 45,-<br />

Bull. 14. R. T. E. SCHUTTENHELM - History and modes of Miocene carbonate<br />

deposition in the interior of the Piedmont Basin, NW Italy. 208 p., 5 pI.,<br />

54 figs. (1976) f56,-<br />

Bull. 15. Z. REISS, S. LEUTENEGGER, L. HOTTINGER, W. J. J. FERMONT,<br />

J. E. MEULENKAMP, E. THOMAS, H. J. HANSEN, B. BUCHARDT,<br />

A. R. LARSEN and C. W. DROOGER - Depth-relations of Recent larger<br />

foraminifera in the Gulf of Aqaba-Elat. 244 p., 3 pI., 117 figs. (1977) f 53,-<br />

Bull. 16. J. W. VERBEEK - Calcareous nannoplankton biostratigraphy of Middle<br />

and Upper Cretaceous deposits in Tunisia, Southern Spain and France.<br />

157 p., 12 pI., 22 figs. (1977) f 51,-<br />

Bull. 17. W. J. ZACHARIASSE, W. R. RIEDEL, A. SANFILIPPO, R. R. SCHMIDT,<br />

M.J. BROLSMA, H.J. SCHRADER, R.GERSONDE,M.M.DROOGER<br />

and J. A. BROEKMAN - Micropaleontological counting methods and techniques<br />

- an exercise on an eight meters section of the Lower Pliocene of<br />

Capo Rossello, Sicily 265 p., 23 pI., 95 figs. (1978) f 59,-<br />

Bull. 18. M. J. BROLSMA - Quantitative foraminiferal analysis and environmental<br />

interpretation of the Pliocene and topmost Miocene on the south coast<br />

of Sicily. 159 p., 8 pI., 50 figs. (1978) f 49,-<br />

Bull. 19. E. J. VAN VESSEM - Study of Lepidocyclinidae from South-East Asia,<br />

particularly from Java and Borneo (1978) price not yet established<br />

Spec. Publ. 1. A. A. BOSMA - Rodent biostratigraphy of the Eocene-Oligocene<br />

transitional strata of the Isle of Wight. 128 p., 7 pI., 38 figs. (1974) f 43,-<br />

Spec. Publ. 2. A. VAN DE WEERD - Rodent faunas of the Mio-pliocene continental<br />

sediments of the Teruel - Alfambra region, Spain. 214 p., 16 pI.,<br />

30 figs. (1976) f63,-<br />

Sales office U.M.B.: Singel1 05, 3984 NX Odijk, Netherlands<br />

Postal account: 3028890, T. van Schaik, Odijk<br />

Bank account: 558919855, Alg. Bank Nederland, T. van Schaik, Odijk<br />

After prepayment to the sales office on one of the above accounts, the books will<br />

be sent by surface mail without further charges. Orders for these books not<br />

directly from the purchaser to the sales office may cause much higher costs to the<br />

purchaser.<br />

Printed in the Netherlands by Loonzetterij Abe, Hoogeveen<br />

23 Juni 1978

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!